luiwiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiiti
AND SPEAK!
SPANISH
wo it i Mr;
l-AixG£ LIBRARY OF EDUCATI
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
BERKELEY. CALIFORNIAl
READING, WRITING, AND
SPEAKING SPANISH
FOR BEGINNERS
BY
MARGARET CAROLINE DOWLING, B.L.
HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES IN THE
MISSION HIGH SCHOOL, SAN FRANCISCO
WITH WORD LIST
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO
BOSTON ATLANTA
PRESERVATION
COPY ADDED
Copyright, 1913, 1915, 1921, by
M. C. DOWLING.
Copyright, 1913, in Great Britain.
DOWLING. READING SPAN.
W. P. II
PREFACE
This book is designed to give a working vocabulary and
the ability to use it in speaking and writing simple Spanish.
In method, it aims especially to make connected speech a
vital and constructive part of the first few months of work
in Spanish. The text lays the foundation for an adequate
course, but deals only with essential principles and broad
distinctions ; and it is therefore adapted in a special man-
ner to the needs of beginners in foreign language study.
Omission of the familiar form of address halves the
beginner's difficulties in getting acquainted with Spanish,
especially if speaking is to be emphasized. The verb
forms of the second person have for this reason not been
used in the text. However, a complete table of endings
is given in section 359 b.
For occasional supplementary reading, mainly geograph-
ical material is chosen, because of its simplicity and close-
ness to daily life. The geographical and other selections
are drawn from a number of sources. Several I owe to
Mr. Chavez, of the City of Mexico, and to Messrs. Fran-
cisco Alvarez & Company, of Seville (publishers of Cantos
Populares Espanoles); and, in the case of others, I am
indebted to the American Book Company for the use of
material that I have adapted.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge my obligation to Mr.
Charles H. Howard, of the University of California, for
3
6-86905
4 PREFACE
valuable criticism, and to thank Mr. Jose Garcia, of Ma-
drid, who read the proofs, and several Spanish-American
friends for helpful suggestions.
A Classified Spanish Word List has been added to the
book to afford additional practice in speaking. The list
contains phrases and nouns and adjectives dealing with
objects of everyday life, also numerous geographical terms
and a section devoted to derivatives.
M. C. D.
San Francisco, California.
CONTENTS
Chapter I.
Chapter II.
Lesson 1.
Lesson 2.
Chapter III.
Lesson 3.
Lesson 4.
Lesson 5.
Lesson 6.
Chapter IV.
Lesson 7.
Lesson 8.
Lesson 9.
Lesson 10.
Chapter V.
Lesson 11.
Lesson 12.
The Alphabet; Syllables; Accentuation; Capi-
tals ; Words and Phrases Alike or Similar in
Spanish and English ; Definitions .
Tener {to have) ; The Articles ; Gender ; Singu-
lar and Plural.
Applied Numbers ; Dates ; Miscellaneous. One
to fifteen
Applied Numbers ; Streets ; Counting ; Divi
sions of Time. Sixteen to one hundred .
Estar {to be) ; The Contractions del and al
Singular and Plural Forms of Adjectives
Omission of Subject Pronouns; Gerunds.
Telling Where Persons and Places Are
Fannie and Albert and Their Musical Instru
ments
In Mrs. Oviedo's Dining Room
Mrs. Oviedo at Luncheon ....
Ser {to be) ; The Demonstratives, este, ese, and
aquel; Comparison; The Possessive Adjec
tives, mi, su, and nuestro.
Telling What Certain Persons and Places Are
What Are Tea and Coffee ?
In School
At Mr. Oviedo's New House
Present Tense Indicative of Regular Verbs
A, the Sign of the Personal Object; Objective
Pronouns ; The Possessive Adjective Your;
Double Negatives ; The Infinitive used after
Prepositions.
Fannie at the Butcher's . .
Time of Day ....
5
1-23
24-33
34-40
41-50
51-54
55-58
59-65
66-72
73-78
79-85
86-90
91-98
99-105
CONTENTS
SECTIONS
Lesson 13. Mr. Logan's Bakery 106-110
Lesson 14. Mrs. Oviedo's Day at Home. The Garden . 111-119
Lesson 15. About Streets, Stores, and Houses . . . 120-125
Lesson 16. Albert Writes a Letter to His Country Cousins 126-133
chapter VI. Past Participles; The Auxiliary or Helping
Verb Haber {to have) ; Fractions.
Lesson 17. Dinner 134-139
Lesson 18. Dinner {Continued) 140-145
Lesson 19. The Apple Pie ...... 146-149
Lesson 20. Traveling 150-155
Lesson 21. Traveling {Continued) 156-159
Chapter VII. Gerunds (Concluyendo, etc.) ; Objective Pro-
nouns attached to the Gerund.
Lesson 22. Christmas and New Year's .... 160-165
Lesson 23. Evening at Mrs. Oviedo's .... 166-173
Chapter VIII. Some Idioms : hay, hace calor, etc.
Lesson 24. Climate ; Proverbs . . . . . 174-178
Chapter IX. Present Tense Indicative of Semi-regular
Verbs.
Lesson 25. Mr. Garcia in His Office . 179-187
Chapter X. Reflexive Pronouns; Reflexive Verbs; Usual
Position of Objective Pronouns ; Aorist In-
dicative ; Use of Definite Article instead of
Possessive Adjective ; Semi-regular Verbs
{Continued).
"^»_LeSSOn 26. Miscellaneous (Shaving, Dressing, etc.) . 188-199
Lesson 27. Miscellaneous (Actions in the Past, Historical
Events) . . . . . . . 200-203
Lesson 28. Morning in a Boarding School . . . 204-210
Lesson 29. Joe and Albert in the Country . . . 211-217
Chapter XI. Reflexive Construction as Passive.
Lesson 30. Lighthouses 218-223
CONTENTS 7
Chapter XII. Supplementary Reading.
SECTIONS
Algunas definiciones geograficas 224-225
Direction * . . . • 226
Zonas . . 227-228
Los Movimientos de la Tierra 229-231
Las Razas 232-233
Mexico 234-242
Sur America 243-250
Los Agricultores de Mexico 251-252
Carta de Cuernavaca 253
Anuncios 254—257
j Tenga usted muy buenos dias ! 258—268
Proverbios y Frases Familiares . 269
Anuncio de Casamiento 270
Collateral Study:
For Lessons r-6 . . . 271-281
For Lessons y—io ......... 282—289
For Lessons 11-16 290-302
For Lessons ij-23 303-309
For Lessons 24- 30 . . 310-331
Special Lessons:
Numbers 332-333
Common Words (names of months and of days of the week,
interrogative pronouns and adverbs, relative pronouns,
adjectives that drop o, words of many meanings) . . 334-339
Common Suffixes (adverbs, superlative adjectives, diminu-
tives) 340-342
Location of Adjectives 342-345
Spelling Helps 346-347
Important Uses of the Pronoun se . . . • • 348-350
Infinitives with and without Prepositions .... 351-352
Para and por 353
Some Important Irregular Past Participles 354
Present Tense Indicative of Some Important Irregular
Verbs (tener, venir, hacer, poner, salir, saber, conocer,
dar, ir, decir) ..355
Ser and estar used with Past Participles , , . t • 356
8 CONTENTS
SECTIONS
Table of Objective Personal Pronouns 357-358
Table of Endings of Regular and Semi-regular Verbs . . . 359
PAGE
Notes, Idioms, and Phrases 184
Exercises in Composition . 192
Spanish-English Vocabulary 220
English-Spanish Vocabulary 244
A Classified Spanish Word List 254
Index 270
READING, WRITING, AND
SPEAKING SPANISH
CHAPTER I
THE ALPHABET; SYLLABLES; ACCENTUATION; CAPITALS;
WORDS AND PHRASES ALIKE OR SIMILAR IN SPANISH
AND ENGLISH; DEFINITIONS
I.
The Alphabet
Approximate
Name
Pronunciation
Example
a
ah
a1
in bath
lado
side
b
be
b
in bone
bot6n
button
c
ce
th
in think when it
before e or i
occurs
cielo
sky
k
in kind when it
occurs
cara
face
before a, o, or u
ch
che
eh
in chicken
mucho
much
d
de
th
in though
todo
alt
e
e
a
in air
mesa
table
f
efe
f
in fair
fino
fine
g
ge
h
in hot when it
before e or /'
occurs
gente
people
g
in good when it
occurs
gota
drop
before a, o, or u
h
hache
silent
honor
honor
i
i
e
in mete
lirio
lily
J
jota
h
in hot
Jose"
Joseph
k
ka
k
in kind
ki!6gramo
kilogram
1 Slight variations in the vowels and in several consonants are not given here.
Correct pronunciation is largely a matter of imitation and should be learned from
a teacher or from observation of careful speakers.
9
10
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Ai
PPROXIMATE
Name
Pronunciation
Example
1
ele
I
in like
lodo
mud
11
elle
m
in William
silla
chair
m
eme
m
in mat
miel
honey
n
ene
n
in not
nada
nothing
n
ene
ni
in union
senor
sir
0
o
o
in torn
lobo
wolf
p
pe
P
in park
pera
pear
q
cu
k
in kind
queso
cheese
(qis
always
followed by u,
the latter letter being
silent.)
r
ere
r
in rode
cara
face
rr
erre
arroyo
stream '
8
ese
s
in sing
serio
serious
t
te
t
in tell
tener
to have
u
u
00
in boot
lujo
luxury
(u is silent in the combinations gue,gui, que, qui. Examples:
guerra, guia, que, quien. u is not silent in giie, giii.
Examples : cigueiia, argiiir.)
ve v
m vine
equis x in box
ye or y in yellow when it occurs
y griega at the beginning of a
word or syllable (con-
sonant)
e in mete when it occurs
alone or at the end
of a word (vowel)
zeta th in think
vaca
excelente
yema
hoy
lapiz
cow
excellent
yolk
to-day
pencil
Remarks : —
I. In some parts of Spain and in Mexico, Peru, and other Spanish-American
countries, the pronunciation of C before e and i, and of z, is like that of s in
sing; and the pronunciation of 11 is like iy. Examples : zagudn = sagudn,
botella s= boteiya.
SYLLABLES I I
2. In spelling Spanish words, it may help the student if he remembers that,
other than 11 and rr (which are really distinct consonants), only n and C are
ever doubled : —
contracci6n, innumerable ; but profesi6n, oficial.
3. rr is forcibly trilled in Spanish. Single r also is forcibly trilled, when
it begins a word or follows 1, n, or s.
Syllables
2. Diphthongs and triphthongs are combinations of vowels
pronounced as single syllables, each component vowel being
more or less distinctly sounded.
3. a, 0, and e are strong vowels ; i and u are weak vowels.
In general, every strong vowel makes a syllable : te-a-tro, re-al.
4. One weak vowel occurring between two consonants makes a
syllable : co-c/-na, mw-ro.
5. One weak vowel occurring with a strong vowel, or two weak
vowels with a strong vowel between them, usually form respec-
tively a diphthong or a triphthong, and hence (see 2) a single
syllable. If this syllable is the accented l one, the stress is laid on
the strong vowel : neu-tro, a-ve-ri-guais ; otherwise, usually no
one of the component vowels is more prominent than another :
gracia.
Note. — The groups fa, el, ua, al, aii, io, etc., are not diphthongs. In mi-a,
le-i-do, con-ti-nu-an, and the like, the written accent shows that i and u do
not form diphthongs, but separate syllables. In such words the accent is
always written.
6. Two weak vowels occurring together form a single syllable
(diphthong). If this syllable is accented, the stress falls on the
second weak vowel j otherwise, neither vowel is more prominent
than the other : Luzsa, ciudad.
Remark. — The vowel u beginning a diphthong or a triphthong resembles
W in walk : guapo is pronounced gwapo, and agua, agiva.
1 The accented or stressed syllable of a word is the syllable bearing most stress
of voice when pronounced : cur-tain, me-chan-ic. In Spanish some words bear a
written accent on the stressed syllable. See 7, Rule 3.
12 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Accentuation
7. Most words of one syllable bear no written accent ; as voz,
tras, rey. The following rules indicate the accentuation of words
of more than one syllable.
Rule 1. Most words ending in a vowel or in n or s are stressed
on the syllable before the last : ff-bro, ven-ta-na, com-/>o-nen,
cri- sis.
Rule 2. Most words ending in any consonant other than n or s
are stressed on the last syllable : to-car, pa-pel.
The above rules govern the accentuation of the great majority of Spanish
words. Words to which they apply generally bear no written mark to show
the stressed syllable (5, Note).
Rule 3. Words that are exceptions to Rules 1 and 2 bear a
written mark (accent) that indicates the stressed syllable : la-piz,
ar-bo-les, o-bli-g6, fa-bu-la, na-ci6n, in-gles, a-le-man, des-pues.
Note. — Observe that words like naci6n, ingles, and aleman, are
exceptions to Rule 1 in the singular only and hence bear no aqcent when
pluralized.
in-gles
in-gle-ses
English
fran-c£s
fran-ce-ses
French
ja-po-nes
japoneses
Japanese
a-le-man
alemanes
German
es-ta-ci6n
estaciones
season, seasons
mi-si6n
misiones
mission, missions
pri-si6n
prisiones
prison, prisons
jar-din
jardines
garden, gardens
con-fin
confines
boundary, boundaries
8. Additional Words Illustrating Rules i, 2, and 3
After the work of the book is about half finished, some of the following
words may be used for dictation to teach accentuation. Pupils should divide
the words into syllables and underline the stressed vowel.
ACCENTUATION
13
Illustrating Rule i :
es-pe-so
di-cha
viu-da
con-sien-te
em-ple-o
rec-ta
de-re-cho
siem-pre l
ti en-da
corre-o2
hom-bre
ca-ma-ro-te
pier-de
rier
i-da
de-se-o
fal-da
in-for-me
vuel-ta
es-toi-co
ta-re-a
ves-ti-do
em-pre-sa
mue-re
he-
roi-co
i
ca-no-a
tim-bre
en-ci-ma
rei-no
rui-
na
ju-bi-le-o
re-ga-ta
en-ci-na
a-cei-te
i-de-a
a-pe-nas
cuen-tan
gra-cia
me-jo-res
ha-blan
llu-via
en-ton-ces
tie-nen
ha-cia
in-fie-les
to-can
na-die
jar-di-nes
la-van
pre-cio
ca-rac-te-res
la-va-ron
le-gua
en-tre-gar-&s
to-ca-ron
nie-gue
dar-/es
jo-ven
au-da-cia
de-cir-/es
mar-gen
cons-pi-cuo
da-ri-a8
ti-a3
ro-i-do
3
Pa-
na-de-ri-a3
te-ni-a
mi-a
ca-kic
>
car-ni-ce-ri-a
co-mi-a
ri-o
le-i-do
fo-to-gra-fl-a
ven-di-a
gui-a
tra-i-do
li-bre-ri-a
Note. — In dividing words into syllables, a single consonant belongs with
the following vowel, and neither rr nor 11 is separated.
Illustrating Rule 2 :
bon-dad
. cor-dial
ba-ul*
ciu-dad
in-mor-tal
in-fiel
a-mis-tad
su-cur-sal
es-pa-nol
mul-ti-tud
na-ran-jal
se-na-dor
iSee5. 2 See 3.
8 These words need not be considered exceptions to Rules I and 2. See 5,
Note.
14 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Illustrating Rule 3 :
ar-bol
re-gi6n
ar-bo-les
au-to-ma-ti-co
a-lli
an-gel
por-ci6n
la-gri-ma
te-le-f6-ni-co
a-si
in-m6-vil
i-lu-si6n
pa-ja-ro
co-mien-do-lo
ca-fe
le-6n
pa-li-da
re-gan-do-lo
co-ml
de-mas
me-di-co
en-vi-di6
de-tras
tra-gi-co
se-ra
a-tras
huer-fa-no
ca-116
a-de-mas
Special Use of the Accent (see also 336)
9. A few words are accented to distinguish them from othei
words of identical form but different meaning or use.
Examples : —
ma.
but
mas
more
se
himself
se
I know
este
this
este
this one
el
the
ei
he, him
tu
thy
tti
thou
de
of
de
give
te
thee
te
tea
si
if
si
yes
mi
my
mi
me
Capitals
10. Important differences between the use of capitals in Spanish
and that in English are illustrated below.
domingo
Sunday
el frances French (language)
lunes
Monday
el ruso Russian (language)
jueves
Thursday
los ingleses the English
enero
January
el Americano the American
marzo
xrn
March
T
la Francesa the French lady
yo
la revolucidn rusa
the Russian revolution
la reconstrucci6n politica es-
the Spanish political reconstruc-
panola
tion
un poeta
ingles
an English poet
WORDS SIMILAR IN SPANISH AND ENGLISH
Words Alike or Similar in Spanish and English
To the Teacher. — For some classes small groups of these words make
interesting five-minute oral lessons during the first week.
II.
Nouns
a
el competidor
la comedia
el honor
el Criador
la doctrina
el laurel
el exterior
la persona
el color
el interior
la noticia
el chocolate
la justicia
el origen
d
el capitan
la influencia
el altar
la resistencia
el sacristan
la evidencia
b
el rufian
el remedio
el huracan
la conciencia
el enemigo
el volcan
la inteligencia *
la tarifa
el arco
el cr£dito
efplan
•
la fotografia
el titulo
e
el Idolo
el habito
el modelo
el bote
el combate naval
el ataque
el coche
h
la satisfacci6n
la preparaci6n
la corporaci6n
el tel6grafo
el tel£fono
el heroe
el fraude
la concepci6n
la protecci6n
el fon6grafo
la civilizaci6n
el disco
/
la instituci6n
el grupo
el dentista
la administraci6n
el industrialismo
el florista
la rapi(Sn
el modernismo
el centinela
la construcci6n
c
el monarca
la direcci6n
el pastor
el victima
la misi6n1
el orador
8
la profesi6n1
el legislador
la fruta
la compasidn1
el inspector
la rosa
la comisi6n 1
* See 1, Remark St.
16
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
i
J
k
la curiosidad
la timidez
el estado
la serenidad
la honradez
el estilo
la majestad
la solidez
el estudio
la impunidad
la rapidez
la estatua
la regularidad
la estaci6n
la libertad
la estampa
12.
Adjectives
a
estimable
e
moral
excusable
raro
penal
probable
exacto
fiscal
respetable
publico
brutal
perfectc
universal
c
severo
nacional
frecuente
legitimo
oriental
prudente
famoso
principal
indulgente
magnanimo
central
decente
supremo
local
conveniente
efectivo l
intelectual *
correspondiente
obscuro
convencional
diligente
flsico
vulgar
permanente
divino
inteligente *
remoto
I
inocente l
completo
afable1
ausente
econ6mico
adorable
favorito
noble
d
precioso
abominable
descontento
/
incurable
fraudulento
animado
miserable
violento
preparado
culpable
turbulento
separado
durable
opulento
resignado
1 See 1, Remark 2.
PHRASES SIMILAR IN SPANISH AND ENGLISH tf
concedido
constante
h
repetido
galante1
grotesco
admitido
intolerante
burlesco
abundante
pintoresco
g
sofocante 1
ignorante
repugnante
extravagante
vigilante
13-
Verbs
a
protestar
mover
curar
clasificar1
resolver
observar
divulgar
continuar
despachar
c
lamentar
dispensar
aplaudir *
experimentar
murmurar
admitir
perdonar
sac ri near
convertir
gobernar
constituir
resignar
b
dividir
confesar1
conceder
reducir
separar
depender
conducir
die tar
exceder
invertir
terminar
extender
repetir
14. Phrases Alike or Similar in Spanish and English.
To the Teacher. — Phrases similar to the following may be taken at random
from the pages of any Spanish newspaper, magazine, or novel. They make
useful lessons when the pupil is studying the location of adjectives.
naci6n independiente
victoria importante
una curiosidad impertinente
la crueldad humana
respetos sociales
pasiones humanas
acciones nobles
una manera absoluta
escrupulos exagerados
aristocratica educaci6n
ministro de instrucci6n publica
ministro de relaciones exteriores
la delegaci6n norteamericana
el centenario mejicano
la emancipaci6n politica
1 See 1, Remark 2.
READING SPAN. — 2
1 8 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Some Useful Definitions
Pupils that do not know the substance of the following paragraphs should
refer to them occasionally.
15. A noun is a name word. Examples : fohn, man, cow,
book, liberty, war.
16. A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun. Examples :
we, they, him, it, he, she, you, his, hers, yours, ours.
17. A preposition is a connecting word used to show the rela-
tion between two other words or expressions. Examples : with,
from, by, to, on, near, before, after, behind.
18. A verb is a word that expresses action, being, or state. Ex-
amples : sit, buy, sell, ask, charge, write, be, are, is.
19. Each verb has many forms. Examples : —
to buy has the forms buys, bought, buying.
to speak has the forms speaks, spoke, spoken, speaking,
to be has the forms am, is, are, was, been, being.
20. The simple infinitive is a verb form that is unlimited in
time, person, and number. In Spanish this form of all verbs
ends in r ; in English it is usually preceded by the word to. Ex-
amples : —
Spanish Infinitives Engush Infinitives
tener comprar to have to buy
ser pagar to be to pay
estar comer to be to eat
21. The words italicized in the following sentences are called
present participles :
The lady is eating. The children are playing.
22. Other verb forms express past, present, and future time,
singular and plural number, etc. Examples : —
Present time, singular, is, has, speaks, pays (as, he pays)
Present time, plural, are, have, speak (as, we speak)
Past time, was, were, had, spoke, paid
SOME USEFUL DEFINITIONS
'9
Note. — In looking up verbs in the dictionary, and usually also in the
vocabularies, it will be necessary for the pupil to look for the infinitive, as this
is generally the only form given.
23. By first, second, and third persons are meant respectively
the person that speaks, the person spoken to, and the person or
thing spoken of. Examples : —
First person, I, we
Second person, thou, you,1 ye
Third person, he, it, they, Fannie, Mrs. Oviedo,
the President, the senators,2
the city, Europe, the forks, the milk.*
^ Regarding usted,.V0«, as third person, see 282, footnote 3.
a Persons spoken of. 8 Things spoken of.
CHAPTER II
TENER (TO HAVE); THE ARTICLES; GENDER; SINGULAR
AND PLURAL
LESSON i
APPLIED NUMBERS: PARTS OF THE BODY; DATES; MISCEL-
LANEOUS. ONE TO FIFTEEN. (271, 275, 276.)
(It is intended that the substance of at least the first five lesions shall be
talked about in the class before being read. It is desirable also that a few of
the more important words from each lesson be introduced orally before the
lesson containing them be read. To do this, pictures may be used or the
English equivalent of the words to be taught may be written on the black-
board and used as substitutes for the objects, actions, etc., named.)
24. Vocabulary.
<cu*ntos?|how ?
icuantas? ) J
dedo, m., finger, toe
dedo pulgar, m.t thumb
mano, /., hand
ojo, tn.y eye
pie, m.} foot
Note. — Vd. and Vds. are
ustedes respectively.
25. uno, un, una, one
dos, two
tree, three
cuatro, four
cinco, five
si, yes
y, and
son, they are, are
tengo, I have
no tengo, I have not, I have no
Vd. tiene, you {sing.) have
abbreviations for the words usted and
seis, six
siete, seven
ocho, eight
nueve, nine
diez, ten
THE VERB TENER 21
26. Uno, dos, tres, cuatro, cinco, seis.
Dos y dos son cuatro. Tres y uno son cuatro.
Cuatro y uno son cinco. Dos y dos y uno son
cinco.
Dos y dos y dos son seis. Dos y dos y uno y
uno son seis.
Seis, siete, ocho, nueve, diez.
Dos y uno son tres. Tres y tres son seis. Tres y
tres y tres son nueve. Tres y tres y cuatro son diez.
27. — Tengo dos manos. Tengo dos dedos pul-
gares. Tengo dos pies.
— I Tiene Vd. dos manos, Maria?
— Si, sefior, tengo dos manos. Tengo tambien
dos pies. Tengo tambien dos dedos pulgares.
- — 1 Tiene Vd. dos ojos ?
— Si, sefior.
— ^Cuantos dedos tiene Vd., Roberto?
— Tengo diez dedos.
— I Cuantos son cinco dedos y cinco dedos ?
— Cinco dedos y cinco dedos son diez dedos.
28. Vocabulary.
canastillo, m., basket un, m., a, an, one
dia, m., day una, /., a, an, one
docena,/., dozen
guerra, /., war el, m. sing., the
huevo, m., egg la, f. sing., the
mes, m., month los, m. plur., the
naranja, /., orange las, /. plur., the
pera, /., pear
22
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
once, eleven
doce, twelve
trece, thirteen
catorce, fourteen
quince, fifteen
tenemos, we have
no tenemos . . ., we have not, we
have no . . .
29. — 1 Cuantos dedos tenemos, Felipe ?
— Todos tenemos diez dedos.
— Tenemos cinco dedos en cada mano. En las
dos manos tenemos diez dedos. En cada pie tenemos
cinco dedos. En los dos pies tenemos diez dedos.
30. Once, doce, trece, catorce, quince (11, 12, 13,
14, 15).
Dos y dos y uno son cinco. Cinco y cinco y cinco
son quince. Cinco por tres son quince.
Seis y seis son doce. Seis por dos son doce. Seis
y seis y dos son ca-
torce.
31. — 1 Que tiene
Vd. en el canastillo
Juan ?
— Tengo naranjas
y peras. Tengo me-
dia docena de naran-
jas y una docena de
peras.
— I No tiene Vd
JUAN TIENE FRUTAS EN LOS CANASTILLOS.
una docena de huevos tambie*n ?
— No, senor, no tengo huevos.
THE VERB TENER 23
32. Dates. — 1 Que dia del mes tenemos?
— Tenemos el once de febrero.
— Mariana sera el doce de febrero, el cumpleafios
de nuestro presidente martir Abrahan Lincoln.
Terminacidn de la Guerra Civil, el nueve de
abril de . . .
La evacuacidn del fuerte Sumter, el dia catorce
de abril de . . .
La admisidn de California como estado de la
Unidn, el nueve de septiembre de . . .
33. Oral exercise to teach the spoken word tenemos.
Note to the teacher. — Five-minute oral exercises for classroom drill. Short
exercises like the following are helpful, especially to pupils that know
little or nothing of grammar and who are therefore slow in grasping the
significance of the different verb endings. In the early stages of the work,
from three to five minutes may profitably be given to these verb exercises
before each conversation lesson.
Directions, 1. Books must be closed. 2. Negations must
be emphatic and, in questions, the rising inflection should be
^exaggerated.
Write on the blackboard for reference: —
tenemos, we have
a. Listen to the following and tell what they mean : —
1. tenemos 4. Tenemos dos pulgares.
no tenemos No tenemos tres pulgares.
2. tenemos 5. Tenemos dos huevos.
I tenemos? ,1 Tenemos dos huevos?
<ino tenemos? ^No tenemos ocho huevos?
3. tenemos dos manos
,1 tenemos dos manos?
24
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
b. Say in Spanish: —
we have
we have not
we have
have we?
haven't we?
We haven't . . .
We haven't four hands.
We haven't four eyes.
We have . . .
We have two eyes.
LESSON 2
APPLIED NUMBERS : STREETS ; COUNTING ; DIVISIONS OF
TIME. SIXTEEN TO ONE HUNDRED. (271, 275, 276.)
34. Vocabulary.
a. aiio, m., year
calle, /., street
centavo, m,t cent
estaci6n,/, season
hora, /., hour
b. diez y seis l
diez y siete
diez y ocho
diez y nueve
veinte
16
17
18
20
mes, m., month
peso, m., dollar
semana, /, week
tiene, he, she, or it has ; has
tienen, they have, have
veinte yuno1 21 setenta 70
treinta 30 ochenta 80
cuarenta 40 noventa 90
cincuenta 50 ciento 100
sesenta 60
35- Diez y seis, diez y siete, diez y ocho> diez y
nueve, veinte.
Ocho y ocho son diez y seis. Ocho y cuatro y
cuatro son diez y seis. Ocho centavos y ocho
centavos son diez y seis centavos.
1 The compounds diez y seis, diez y siete, veinte y uno, etc., are frequently
written as one word : diecis&s, diecisiete, veintiuno, etc.
THE VERB TENER 2$
Seis y seis y seis son diez y ocho. Seis por tres
son diez y ocho. Nueve y nueve son diez y ocho.
— Diez y diez son veinte. Diez pesos y diez
pesos son veinte pesos.
— I Cuantos ?
— Veinte.
36. Streets. Calle diez y ocho. Calle quince.
Calle diez y nueve. Calle veinte. Calle doce.
37. Counting. Veinte y uno, veinte y dos, veinte
y tres, veinte y cuatro, veinte y cinco (21, 22, 23, 24,
25). Treinta, treinta y tres, treinta y seis, treinta y
nueve (30, 33, 36, 39).
Veinte y veinte son cuarenta. Cuarenta y cua-
renta son ochenta.
— Cuente Vd. de cinco en cinco, Felipe.
— - Cinco, diez, quince, veinte, veinte y cinco.
— Cuente Vd. de diez en diez.
— Diez, veinte, treinta, cuarenta, cincuenta.
— Cuente Vd. de diez en diez comenzando con
seis, Isabel.
— Seis, diez y seis, veinte y seis, treinta y seis.
38. Divisions of Time. El ano tiene doce meses y
cuatro estaciones. Dos afios tienen veinte y cuatro
meses.
El mes tiene cuatro semanas. La semana tiene
siete dias. Tres semanas tienen veinte y un dias.
Dos meses tienen ocho" semanas.
26
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Algunos meses tienen treinta dias y otros tienen
treinta y un dias. Febrero tiene veinte y ocho d
veinte y nueve dias.
1912
AUGUST
1912
SUN.
MON.
TITES.
WED. 1 THUR.
FRI.
SAT.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
AGOSTO TIENE TREINTA Y UN DIAS.
El dia tiene veinte y cuatro horas. La hora tiene
sesenta minutos, y el minuto sesenta segundos.
Treinta minutos y treinta minutos son una hora.
Quince minutos'y quince minutos son media hora.
— I Cuantos dias tiene la semana ?
— La semana tiene siete dias.
39. Vocabulary. Sight and Sound Words and Phrases
(for use with pictures).
veo, I see
no veo, I don't see
vemos, we see
I ve Vd. ? do you see ?
I no ve Vd. ? don't you see ?
I que ve Vd. ? what do you see ?
I Cuantas palomas tiene la niiia ? 1 Cuantas ve Vd. ?
THE VERB TENER
27
•vz^zz-jKs^rzi
$*$
UNA NINA, UN GATO, UN PERRO, UNA GALL1NA, Y MUCHAS PALOMAS.
40. Oral Drill. Exercise to teach the spoken word tiene.
{Books closed.}
Write on the blackboard for reference: —
tiene, he, she, or it has ; has
(a) Listen to the following and tell what they mean : —
1. tiene
no tiene
I no tiene ? * (See 33, Directions!)
2. tiene
<i tiene ?
I no tiene ?
28 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
3. Felipe tiene dos manos.
Felipe no tiene seis manos.
4. Isabel tiene dos pies.
| Isabel no tiene tres pies !
5. La semana tiene siete dias.
^ Tiene la semana siete dias ?
I Tiene siete dias ?
(&) Say in Spanish : —
1. she has 4. Philip has
she hasn't Philip has not
hasn't she?
2. she has 5. Has Philip a dollar ?
has she ? Has not Philip a dollar ?
she has not Hasn't he a dollar ?
3. it has etc.
has it ?
has it not ?
CHAPTER III
ESTAR (TO BE) ; THE CONTRACTIONS DEL AND AL ; SINGU-
LAR AND PLURAL FORMS OF ADJECTIVES ; OMISSION OF
SUBJECT PRONOUNS ; GERUNDS
LESSON 3
ESTAR USED TO EXPRESS LOCATION. (273, 275, 276.)
41. Vocabulary.
clase, /, class norte, m., north
el Congreso, m., Congress oeste, m., west
jjdonde? where? senador, m., senator
escuela, /., school senora, /., lady, madam, Mrs.
este, m.f east
Inglaterra, /., England estd, he, she, or it is ; is
Londres, London est&n, they are, are
Telling Where Persons and Places Are
42. San Francisco esta en California. Los An-
geles esta en California. California esta* en los
Estados Unidos.
— I Ddnde esta Nueva York?
— Nueva York esta en el estado de Nueva York.
Nueva York y Filadelfia estan en los Estados
Unidos.
- — 1 Ddnde esta* Washington?
29
30
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
RESIDENCIA DEL PRESIDENTE DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS.
— Esta" en el Distrito de Columbia.
— <J Ddnde estan Londres y Paris ?
— Estan en Europa. Londres esta* en Ingla-
terra, y Paris esta en Francia.
— l Ddnde esta Madrid ?
— Madrid esta en Espana.
43. Vocabulary.
estoy, I am
no estoy, I am not
Vd. no esta, you are not (sing.)
Vds. no estan, you are not (J>lur.)
44. — I Ddnde esta Vd. ?
— Estoy en San Francisco. 1 Y Vd. ?
— Yo tambien estoy en San Francisco ?
THE VERB ESTAR 3 1
— I Esta el seiior Presidente en San Francisco ?
— El senor Presidente esta* en el Distrito de Co-
lumbia. El Congreso esta alii tambien.
— I Ddnde esta el senor Gobernador ?
— Esta en la capital del estado. El Senado estd
ahora en sesidn y el Gobernador y los senadores
estan en Sacramento.
45. estamos, we are
no estamos, we are not
<ino estamos? are we not?
46. — 1 Ddnde estamos nosotros ?
— Estamos ahora en una escuela.
— I Estamos en la clase de ingles?
— Estamos en la clase de espafiol. No estamos
en la clase de ingles.
47. — Estamos en San Francisco. Estamos en
California. No estamos en Nevada.
— I Estamos en el Norte de los Estados Unidos?
— Estamos en el Oeste ; no estamos en el Norte.
Estamos en la costa del Pacifico. Nueva York esta*
en el Este. Esta en la costa del Atlantico.
48. — 1 Ddnde estan los peruanos ?
— Estan en el Peru.
— I Ddnde estan los chilenos ?
— Los chilenos estan en Chile.
— <j Ddnde estan los ninos mejicanos ?
— Los ninos mejicanos estan en Mejico.
32 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
— lY las senoras mejicanas ?
— Tambien estan en Mejico.
49. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
los Grandes Lagos, the Great Lakes
el Gran Lago Salado, Great Salt Lake
el lago Tahoe, Lake Tahoe
el golfo de Mexico, the Gulf of Mexico
el rio Misisipi, the Mississippi River
las montanas Rocallosas, the Rocky Mountains
nordeste, northeast sur, south
noroeste, northwest sudeste, southeast
sudoeste, southwest
50. Oral Drill. Exercise to teach the spoken word
estamos.
a. Listen to the following and tell what they mean,
(33, Directions .)
estamos ^ estamos ?
no estamos <i no estamos ?
Estamos en America. No estamos en Europa. No estamos
en Africa.
No estamos en Rusia, no estamos en el Jap6n, no estamos en
Australia. Estamos en California.
b. Answer in Spanish : —
I D6nde estamos ? 1 Estamos en Italia ?
I Estamos en Mejico ? £ Estamos en la America Cen-
tral ? etc.
Example : 1 Estamos en Mejico ? — No, senor, no estamos
en Mejico.
THE VERB ESIAR 33
LESSON 4
ESTAR USED TO EXPRESS LOCATION : DEL, AL. (273, 273-277.)
51. Vocabulary.
aqui, here pertenece, belongs
canci6n, /., song sentado, seated
cerca de, near sobre, on
cuatrocientos, four hundred sus, his, their
disco, m., record
lado, m., side al, to the, at the (masc, sing?)
mesa, /., table del, of the, from the (masc. sing?)
nina, /, girl, child a la, to the, at the (Jem. sing.)
nino, m., boy, child de la, of the, from the (/em, sing.)
Paquita, Fannie
Fannie and Albert and Their Musical Instruments
52. Aqui estcin Paquita y Alberto Oviedo y sus
instrumentos de musica. El fondgrafo esta" en
una mesa cerca del piano. Paquita esta al lado de
Alberto. Esta al lado del nino. Alberto esta sen-
tado al piano. Esta sentado al piano.
El piano pertenece a* la nina y el fondgrafo
al nino. El piano de la nina vale cuatrocientos
pesos. El fondgrafo del nino vale cincuenta pesos.
El nino tiene treinta y cinco discos. Entre sus
discos tiene una cancidn espanola llamada La
Golondrina.
Vocabulary. — Supplementary,
cantando, singing tocando, playing (music)
READING SPAN. — 3
34 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
53. General Conversation.
1. Los discos estdn sobre el piano.
2. No estan sobre la mesa.
3. Uno de los ninos esta sentado.
4. Paquita no esta sentada.
5. El piano no pertenece a Alberto.
6. <j Donde estan los discos?
7. ,; Estan sobre la mesa ?
8. I Esta sentada la nifia ?
54. Oral Drill. Exercise to teach the spoken word estan
(33, Directions?)
Write on the blackboard for reference : —
estan, are, they are
{a) Listen to the following and tell what they mean .• —
1. estdn
no estdn (they aren't)
I no estan? (aren't they?)
2. 1 no estdn?
I estdn ?
Say in Spanish : —
1. they are, they are not, they aren't
2. they are, are they? aren't they? aren't . • .?
(£) Listen to the following and translate : —
1. Los discos estdn en la mesa.
Estdn en la mesa.
2. Los discos no estdn sobre el piano.
No estdn sobre el piano.
3. 1 Estan los ninos cerca del fon6grafo?
I Estdn cerca del fon6grafo?
THE VERB ESTAR 35
Answer in Spanish : —
1. 1 D6nde estan los discos?
I D6nde estan?
,i D6nde?
2. 1 D6nde estan los ninos?
I D6nde est&n? etc.
3. 1 Estdn los ninos cerca de la ventana ?
£ Estdn cerca de la ventana?
LESSON 5
ESTAR USED TO EXPRESS LOCATION AND CONDITION.
(273, 275-277.)
55. Vocabulary.
azucar, m., sugar pan, m., bread
came,/., meat silla,/, chair
comedor, m., dining room taza,/, cup
cuchillo, m.} knife tenedor, m., fork
jarrita,/, small pitcher
leche,/, milk aqui, here
mantequilla (Mex.), /., butter caliente, hot
orilla,/., edge cerca de, near
In Mrs. Oviedo's Dining Room
56. Aqui esta el comedor de la senora Oviedo.
La mesa esta en el comedor. Las sillas estan en el
comedor. Una silla esta cerca de la mesa. En la
mesa veo panr carne, azucar, cafe, etc.
— I Ddnde esta el pan ? <; Ddnde esta la carne ?
I Ddnde esta el azucar?
— El pan esta en un plato. La carne esta en otro
plato. Esta cerca del pan. El azucar esta en el
centro de la mesa.
36 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
— I Ddnde esta el cafe ?
— El cafe esta en la taza. Esta cerca de la orilla
de la mesa.
— I Esta caliente el cafe ? l Esta caliente la carne?
— Si, senor, el cafe y la carne estan muy calientes.
57. — Aqui veo una parte de la misma mesa.
— La mantequilla y la leche estan cerca del centro
de la mesa. Estan cerca del azucar. La leche esta
en una jarrita.
— Cerca de la orilla de la mesa veo una taza de
cafe y un plato. A un lado del plato esta el cuchillo
y al otro lado esta el tenedor.
58. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
pimiento, m., pepper dos huevos fritos, two fried eggs
sal, /., salt una tajada de jamon, a slice of ham
LESSON 6
ESTAR USED TO EXPRESS LOCATION, CONDITION, AND PRO-
GRESSIVE ACTION; GERUNDS. (273, 275-278a, 280-281.)
59. Vocabulary.
casa, /., house parado, standing
companero, m., companion sentado, seated
costilla, /., rib, chop, cutlet
libro, m.y book mirando, looking at
poniendo, putting
debajo de, under quitando, taking away
delante de, in front of tomando, taking, drinking
detras de, behind
THE VERB ESTAR 37
Mrs. Oviedo at Luncheon
60. — Aqui estd la senora de la casa. Aqui estd
la senora Oviedo. La senora Oviedo estd en el
comedor.
— I Esta* ella cerca de la mesa ?
— Esta* sentada a la mesa.
— Pablo y Tomasito estan sentados en el suelo
debajo de la mesa. Estdn mirando un libro. Estdn
cerca del pie de la mesa. Detras de la senora Oviedo
esta* Teresa.
— £ Ddnde estd Teresa ?
■ — Esta parada detrds de la senora Oviedo. Ella
esta* poniendo un plato de costillas delante de su
ama.
61. La senora Oviedo esta* tomando una taza de
cafe. Los nifios estan mirando un libro. Teresa
esta quitando un plato de la mesa.
62. — Veo cuatro personas en el cuarto, dos
senoras y dos ninos.
— I Estan las dos senoras paradas ?
— No, senor, una estd sentada. Una senora estd
parada detras de la otra.
— I Esta Vd. sentado en el comedor, Jorge ?
— Estoy sentado en un cuarto de la escuela.
— I Esta Vd. detras de Felipe ?
— Estoy delante de Felipe y detras de Juan. Fe-
lipe esta detras de mi.
38 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
63. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
companero, m.y companion
criada,/, servant
hermana,/., sister
hermano, m.f brother
hija,/., daughter
hijo, m.9 son
madre,/., mother
padre, m., father
comiendo, eating, dining
haciendo, doing, making
jugando, playing
64. General Conversation.
I. Los nifios no estan comiendo naranjas.
TERESA ESTA HACIENDO PAN.
2. Estan jugando en el suelo.
3. La senora no esta comiendo carne.
4. Esta tomando t£.
5. 1 Que esta haciendo Teresa ?
6. 1 Esta Vd. comiendo ?
THE VERB ESTAR 39
7. 1 Donde esta Jorge ?
8. 1 Donde esta Felipe ?
Note. — Exercises similar to those in 165 may be introduced here and
used from time to time for oral or blackboard work.
65. Oral Drill to teach the expressions estoy and Vd. esta.
(33 > Directions.)
Write on the blackboard for reference :
estoy, I am
Vd. esta, you are
(a) Listen to the following and tell what they mean : —
1. estoy 4. Estoy en San Francisco,
no estoy No estoy en Los Angeles.
2. estoy No estoy en el Distrito de Columbia.
I estoy? ■
<:no estoy? 5. Vd. esta
3. Estoy en la escuela. 1 Esta Vd. ?
No estoy en el comedor. 6. Vd. no esta
No estoy en el tea tro. ^NoestaVd.?
{b) Say in Spanish : —
1. you are 2. you are 3. are you?
you are not are you? aren't you?
Answer in Spanish : —
1. <jEsta Vd. en la calle?
2. ^Esta Vd. en la iglesia?
3. ^Esta Vd. en el despacho del seiior director de la escuela?
CHAPTER IV
SER (TO BE) : THE DEMONSTRATIVES, ESTE, ESE, AND AQUEL;
COMPARISON; THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES, MI, SU, AND
NUESTRO
LESSON 7
SER USED IN DEFINING AND IN EXPRESSING NATIONALITY.
(273-274, 276 a.)
66. Vocabulary.
aleman, m., German es, he, she, or it is ; is
ciudad,/, city son, they are, are
chileno, m., Chilean
pais, m., country
puerto de mar, /«., seaport
rio, m., river
Telling What Certain Persons and Places Are
67. Nueva Orleans es la ciudad mayor del Sur.
Es el gran puerto del golfo de Mejico.
Veracruz es un importante centro comercial de la
Republica de .Mejico. Es otro importante puerto
del golfo de Mejico.
Valparaiso es la ciudad ma's importante de Chile.
Es un puerto de mar en el Pacifico.
68. — l Que es Europa ? <J Es un pais ?
— No, sefior, no es un pais; es un continente.
Francia es un pais.
40
THE VERB SER
41
MUELLES DE VERACRUZ.
— I Que* es el Pacifico ?
— Es un oceano.
— I Que* son el Misisipi y el Colorado ?
— Son rios.
69. Vocabulary.
soy, I am somos, we are
Vd. es, you are (sing)
70. Los habitantes de Mejico son mejicanos y los
habitantes de Chile son chilenos. Los habitantes
de Espana son espafioles.
— I Que es Vd., Jorge ? 1 Es Vd. espanol ?
— No, sefior, no soy espanol; soy peruano.
— I Que son los companeros de Vd. ?
f — Algunos son niiios americanos y otros son
riinos alemanes.
42 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
7 1 . Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
chino, m.t Chinese japones, m., Japanese
europeo, m.t European ruso, m.> Russian
francos, m.t Frenchman
inglSs, m.y Englishman isla,/., island
lago, m., lake
72. Oral Drill.
(a) Practice on the words soy, es, somos, and son, as in pre-
ceding oral exercises. (54^^65.)
(&) Make such sentences as the following : —
1. We are Americans; we are not Spaniards. We are not
Mexicans.
They are machinists. They are not carpenters nor plumbers.
I am a florist ; I am not an artist nor a dentist nor a doctor.
What are you? Are you, etc. . . .?
2. We are Americans. We are in America.
We are florists. We are in our store.
You are a doctor. You are in your office.
NOTE. — The exercise in 72^ is of greater value if the teacher speaks the para-
graphs to the pupil before requiring them from him.
LESSON 8
SER USED TO EXPRESS W/fO AND WHAT PERSONS AND THINGS
ARE. (273-274, 286.)
73. Vocabulary.
alimento, m., food mi, my
bebida,/., drink su, his, her, its, tneir, your
somos, we are nuestro, our
WHAT ARE TEA AND COFFEE?
74. — El te es una bebida. El cafe tambie*n es
una bebida. El te y el cafe* son bebidas.
THE VERB SER 43
— ([Que es el Pan> Juan?
— El pan es un alimento.
— <;Es la leche un alimento?
— Si, sefior, la leche tambien es un alimento.
— I Es la leche mejor que el cafe?
— Para los nifios, la leche es generalmente mejor
que el cafe.
75- — Pablo es mi hermano. Es un muchacho
pequeno. El no toma cafe. Toma leche. Mi
hermana Paquita toma cafe.
76. — <i Es Vd. la hermana de Pablo, Maria?
— Si, sefior, soy su hermana. Paquita y yo somos
sus hermanas.
77. Vocabulary.
chocolate, ;;/., chocolate vino, m.> wine
limonada, /., lemonade
78. General Conversation.
1. ,; Qu£ es el chocolate?
2. 1 Que es el vino ?
3. 1 Que es la limonada ?
4. La senora Oviedo toma cafe\
5. El senor Oviedo toma te\
6. Soy Pablo.
7. Soy hijo del sefior Oviedo.
8. El sefior Oviedo es mi papa.
9. ,; Quten es usted ?
10. ,; Qui6n es el sefior Oviedo ?
44
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
LESSON 9
SER {Continued)', ESTE, ESE, AQUEL; COMPARISON. (273-274,
288-289.)
79. Vocabulary.
corredor, m.f corridor
reloj, tn., watch, clock
discipulo, m.s pupil
ventana,/., window
grabado, m., engraving
lectura, /., reading
grande, large
libro, m., book
pequeno, small
noche,/., night
pared,/., wall
tan . . . como, as ... as
pluma, /., pen
m£s . . . que, more . . . thar
pluma tintero,/., fountain pen
Masc.
Fern.
este
esta
this
ese
esa
that (
[near person spoken to)
aquel
aquella
that (
not near person spoken to)
estos
estas
these
esos
esas
those
(near person spoken to)
aquellos
aquellas
those
(not near person spoken to)
In School
80. — Estamos en la Escuela Comercial de Noche.
Este es nuestro cuarto. Nuestro cuarto es mas
grande que el prdximo. Esas ventanas estan
en nuestro cuarto. Estas puertas estan entre nues-
tro cuarto y el corredor. Aquel objeto colgado en
la pared es el reloj. Este es mi reloj. Esos objetos
cerca de Vds. son plantas. Estos son grabados.
THE VERB SER 45
81. — I De quien son aquellos libros, Isabel ?
— Son de mi hermano Juan. Estos libros son
mios.
— I Que libro es ese que tiene Vd. ? £ Es el libro
de lectura?
— No, senor, este libro es una gramatica espafiola.
Es mucho mas grande que el libro de lectura.
82. — <J Que clase de pluma es esa que tiene Vd.,
Tomas ?
— Esta es una pluma tintero.
83. — I Tiene Vd. un diccionario espanol, Juan ?
— Si, senor.
— I Sabe Vd. cuantos discipulos tienen dicciona-
rios ?
— Otros tres discipulos tienen diccionarios.
— I Son los diccionarios de Vds. tan grandes
como este que esta en la mesa ?
— No, senor, ese es mas grande que los nuestrosc
84. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
ese asiento, m., that seat
esa estufa, /., that stove
este rinc6n, m., this corner
este tintero, m., this inkwell
esta caja para tiza, this box for chalk
ese vaso para flores, that vase for flowers
menos grande, less large, smaller
mas grande, more large, larger
m&s bonito, prettier
46
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
85. General Conversation.
1. Tengo dos plumas tinteros.
2. Juan tiene un diccionario pequefto.
3. Isabel tiene un reloj de oro.
4. Jorge tiene un reloj de plata.
5. El reloj de Jorge esta en la mesa.
6. l Que tengo yo ?
RICARDO Y LUIS SON CARPINTEROS.
7. 1 Qu£ tiene Juan ?
8. 1 Quien tiene el reloj de plata ? .
9. El reloj de oro no es tan grande como el reloj de
plata.
10. 1 Cual es mds grande ?
11. I Cual es mas pequeno ?
j 2. 1 Cual es mas bonito ?
THE VERB SER 47
LESSON 10
SER USED TO EXPRESS OCCUPATION AND CHARACTERISTIC.
(273-274, 276 a, 278.)
86. Vocabulary.
carpintero, m., carpenter grande, large
clavo, m., nail hermoso, handsome, fine, beau-
con tratista, m., contractor tiful
entrada,/, entrance nuevo, new
herramienta,/., tool pequeno, small
hombre, m., man
martillo, m., hammer mas grande, larger
pintor, m., painter mas pequeno, smaller
piso, m., floor, story
plomero, m.t plumber ven, see, they see
•At Mr. Oviedo's New House
87. Aqui estan Ricardo y Luis. Son carpinteros.
Venga Vd. a ver lo que estan haciendo. Estan cons-
truyendo una casa.
Estas son herramientas. La una es martillo y la
otra es una sierra. Estos son clavos. Los clavos
estan en los barriles.
— I Son grandes los clavos ?
— Algunos son grandes y otros son pequenos.
Los clavos grandes estan en un barril y los clavos
pequenos estan en otro.
— <! Es Vd. carpintero, senor Benton ?
— No, senor, no soy carpintero ; soy plomero.
Mis hermanos son carpinteros.
48
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
— I Y Vds., Felipe y Tomas, que son ?
— Somos pintores.
— I Quien es el contratista?
— El senor Alvarado es el contratista.
88. Aqui esta la casa que estan construyendo los
carpinteros. Estan construyendo la casa para el
senor Oviedo, el padre de Felipe.
La casa no es muy grande pero tampoco es pe-
quefia. Muchas casas no son tan grandes como
esta. Al lado de
la casa nueva del
senor Oviedo esta
otra casa que es
mas pequena.
— Vds. ven que
la casa del senor
Oviedo tiene mu-
chas ventanas.
Tiene ventanas
grandes y ventanas
pequefias. Las
ventanas pequefias
estan en el piso
superior. La en-
trada de la casa y la puerta principal son hermosas.
— Vamos adentro. Entremos. El comedor no
es pequeno, <j verdad ?
— Ninguno de los cuartos es pequeno.
A
■^■a^JPHtg^tet.^ * ■ - *
KJEfe^T >uftwM^Mtt~!l
ypK iHiP^'iVHr fi * * v*'*f*
1
^^2S,,8,SP''f \m\ 1 '
LOS CARPINTEROS ESTAN CONSTRUYENDO
UNA CASA.
THE VERB SER 49
8q. Vocabulary. Sight and Sound Words and Phrases.
I Sabe Vd. ? Do you know ?
Se I know
No s6 I don't know
Sabemos We know
I C6mo se llama . . . ? What is . . . called ?
Se llama ... It is called . . .
I Como se llama Vd. ? What is your name ?
Me llamo . . . My name is . . .
I Que" quiere decir . . . ? What does . . . mean ?
90. General Conversation.
1. La casa del senor Oviedo esta en la calle Dolores.
2. Felipe es el hijo mayor del senor Oviedo.
3. Tomas es amigo de Felipe.
4. Tomas y Felipe son camaradas.
5. Felipe es alto y delgado.
6. La casa es alta.
7. 1 Como se llama el contratista?
8. 1 Como se llama el plomero ?
9. 1 Para quien es la casa ?
10. 1 Como se llama Vd. ?
11. 1 Es alta la casa ?
12. 1 Es alto el contratista ?
13. 1 Es delgado el senor Oviedo?
14. No lo se (I don't know).
15. 1 Es hermosa la entrada de la casa?
READING SPAN.'
CHAPTER V
PRESENT TENSE INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS; A, THE
SIGN OF THE PERSONAL OBJECT; OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS;
THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE YOUR; DOUBLE NEGATIVES;
THE INFINITIVE USED AFTER PREPOSITIONS
LESSON ii
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION. (290-295.)
91. Vocabulary.
barata, cheap ayudar, to help
cara, dear, expensive cobrar, to charge, collect
carniceria,/., butcher shop comprar, to buy
carnicero, m., butcher llevar, to carry
chuleta,/, chop, cutlet mandar, to send
hija,/., daughter pagar, to pay
libra,/., pound responder, to answer
salchicha,/., sausage vender, to sell
Fannie at the Butcher's
92. — Paquita Oviedo tiene diez y siete aiios y,
puesto que es la hija mayor, ayuda mucho a su mama.
De vez en cuando la sefiora Oviedo manda a
Paquita a la carniceria. Paquita esta en la car-
niceria ahora.
50
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 5 I
— I A cdmo vende Vd. las chuletas ? — pregunta
Paquita.
— La carne esta mas cara ahora, senorita Oviedo,
responde el carnicero. — Vendo las chuletas a diez
y ocho centavos la libra.
Paquita compra tres libras de chuletas. Tambien
compra salchichas. Las salchichas son mas baratas
que las chuletas. El carnicero vende las salchichas
a quince centavos la libra.
El carnicero cobra ochenta centavos por lo que
compra Paquita. Ella le paga. Despues de pagar
al carnicero, lleva la carne a casa.
93. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
biftec, m., beefsteak pescado, m., fish
carne de vaca,/., beef salm6n, m., salmon
pavo, m., turkey trucha,/., trout
94. General Conversation.
1. Los carniceros venden carne.
2. Los carniceros no venden pescado.
3. Las senoras pagan a los carniceros.
4. Los senores Oviedo mandan a Felipe d la otra casa
5. Las hijas ayudan a su mama.
6. Felipe tiene veintiun anos.
7. Alberto tiene quince anos.
8. 1 Cuantos anos tiene Paquita?
9. 1 Donde esta Paquita ?
10. 1 Quien vende carne ?
11. 1 Quien lleva la carne a casa ?
12. 1 Quien ayuda a la sefiora Oviedo?
52 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
95. Oral drill to teach the spoken words compro and
compra as used in negations and questions. {Books closed?)
Write on the blackboard for reference : —
compro, I buy
compra, he, she, or it buys
(a) Listen to the following and tell what they mean .• —
1. compro 4. compra
no compro no compra
2. no compro 5. compra
^no compro? 1 compra?
3. compro pan ^no compra?
^compro pan? 6. compra chuletas
etc. 1 compra chuletas?
(b) Say in Spanish : —
1. I buy coffee. 4. She doesn't buy milk.
I don't buy tea. Doesn't she buy milk?
2. I don't buy tea. 3. He buys meat.
Don't I buy tea? Does he buy meat?
3. She buys bread. Doesn't he buy meat ?
She doesn't buy butter. etc.
96. Exercise to teach the use of the endings mos and an.
(33, Directions?)
Write on the blackboard for reference : —
comprar, to buy Uevar, to carry
pagar, to pay mandar, to send
(a) Write the following on the blackboard. What do they
mean?
1. compramos 2. <Jcompramos?
pagamos 1 pagamos ?
Uevamos ^llevamos?
PRESENT INDICATIVE 0F REGULAR VERBS 53
(£) Erase mos in each of the above words and substitute n.
What do these words mean now ?
(/) Change what you noiu have in column 1 to negative state-
ments. Read and translate.
(d) Change what you have in column 2 to negative questions.
Read and translate,
97. Variations for Oral Paragraphs. {Books closed^)
Note. — The variations and summaries given throughout the book are
not intended for reading lessons, but as outlines of spoken paragraphs. It is
supposed that the teacher will tell the substance of one or more of these or
some similar paragraphs in Spanish, using short sentences and repeating fre*
quently, and will then allow the pupils to try to reproduce in Spanish, in
answer to questions, first the single facts and afterwards the whole paragraph
that they have heard.
It is comparatively easy for the pupils to reproduce the entire thought if
the teacher, while speaking, writes the verbs of the several sentences for
reference in a column on the blackboard.
These exercises are invaluable for systematic verb practice. They should,
however, be short, as more than two oral variations of a topic make it monoto-
nous; and neither these variations nor the oral drills should replace nor pre-
cede a brief general conversation on the text of the lesson proper.
no compramos No compramos costillas de carnero.
compramos Compramos biftec. Lo compramos.
pagamos Pagamos al carnicero. Le pagamos.
llevamos Llevamos la carne a casa. La llevamos a
casa.
II
compra Felipe compra una sandfa. Compra una sandfa.
paga Felipe paga treinta y cinco centavos al frutero.
no lleva Felipe no lleva la sandfa a casa.
la manda Felipe la manda a casa.
54 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
III
soy Soy Roberto Benton. Soy carpintero.
compro Com pro dos sierras. Las compro.
pago Pago dos pesos por las sierras.
las llevo Las llevo a la casa que estamos cons-
truyendo.
98 Exercises.
(a) Oral. Turn to the variations in 97.
1. Say : we don't buy, we don't pay, we don't carry.
2. Say: do we buy? do we pay? do we carry? (Var. I.)
3. Say: he doesn't buy, he doesn't pay. (Var. II.)
{b) Oral or written paragraphs.
Direction, If oral, write out the verbs and talk from
them.
4. In variation I, substitute they for we. Thus : No compran
costillas, etc.
5. In variation II, substitute / for Philip, Thus : Compro una
sandia, etc.
LESSON 12
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST
AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. (294-296.)
99. Vocabulary.
cena,/., supper comer, to eat, dine
manana, /., morning dejar de, to leave off
panaderia,/., bakery llegar, to arrive
pastelero, m., pastrycook
tarde,/., afternoon todos los dias, every day
torta,/, round cake todo el dia, all day
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS
55
Time of Day
ioo. — i Que hora es ?
— Son las siete y media,
trabajar.
— I Ddnde trabaja Vd., Fran-
cisco ?
— Trabajo en una panaderia.
Soy pastelero. Hago muchos pas-
teles y tortas todos los dias. No
hago pan.
— I A que hora llega Vd. a la
panaderia ?
— A las ocho. Llego a las ocho
y dejo de trabajar a las doce. A
las doce, vuelvo a mi casa para
comer.
— I A que hora come Vd. ?
— Como a las doce y cuarto.
Despues de comer, vuelvo a la
panaderia y trabajo toda la tarde.
Tomamos la cena a las seis y media,
hasta las seis y media.
Es hora de ir a"
SON LAS DOCE.
No cenamos
i o i . Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
despacho, m., office
taller, m., shop
mediodia, m., noon.
temprano, early
es la una, it is one o'clock
son las dos, it is two o'clock
las dos menos cinco, five minutes to two
las tres menos cuarto, a quarter to three
56 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
102. General Conversation.
1. Los pasteleros hacen pasteles.
2. Los panaderos hacen pan. Estan haciendo pan
ahora.
3. Los maquinistas trabajan todo el dia. No estan
trabajando ahora.
4. Los carpinteros trabajan desde las ocho hasta las
cinco.
5. Usted llega a la escuela d las ocho y media.
6. Usted cena a las siete.
7. 1 Qu6 hacen los pasteleros ?
& £ Que hace Francisco ?
9. 1 A qu6 hora come Francisco ?
10. 1 D6nde trabaja Francisco ?
11. ^Cuantos ailos tiene Francisco?
103. Exercise to teach the use of the endings e, en, and
emos. (33, Directions.)
Write on the blackboard for reference : —
vender, to sell
comer, to eat
(a) Write the following on the blackboard. What do they
mean ? What does the termination mos always mean ? Note
that mos is preceded by e instead of a in these words.
1. comemos 2. ^comemos?
vend emos ^vendemos?
(b) Erase mos and substitute n. What do these words mean
now? What does n as a verb ending always mean ?
(c) Erase final nfrom each word. Read and translate.
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS
57
104. Summary and Variation for Oral Paragraphs.
I
me llamo Me llamo Francisco,
llego Llego temprano a la panaderfa.
como Como a las doce y cuarto.
trabajo Trabajo toda la tarde.
II
son Juan y Jorge son maquinistas. Son maquinistas.
llegan Llegan al taller a las siete y media,
trabajan Trabajan toda la manana.
comen Comen a las doce. Comen al mediodfa.
105. Oral Exercises.
1. Change sentences in variation I to questions and translate.
2. Change II to negative sentences and translate.
3. Using the verbs in II, say : do they arrive? do they work?
do they eat? don't they arrive ? don't they eat?
4. In I, say : Your name is Francis (89). You arrive, etc,
(98 6, Direction).
5. In II, substitute we for John and George,
LESSON 13
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD
CONJUGATION. (291, 294-295, 297-299, 306.)
106. Vocabulary.
bizcocho, m,t plain cake, bun
canasta,/., basket
dependiente, m., clerk
empleado, m., employee
pan, m., bread, loaf of bread
panadero, m., baker
recibir, to receive
surtir, to supply
mucho, much
I cuanto ? how much?
I cu&ntos ? how many ?
58
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Mr. Logan's Bakery
107. — Aqui esta la panadena donde trabaja
Francisco. El senor Logan es propietario de la
panadena. El sefior Logan esta en su panadena.
En la mesa hay muchos pasteles. En el suelo hay
UNA PANADERIA.
una gran canasta. La canasta esta llena de pan y
panecillos.
— I Cuantos empleados tiene Vd., senor Logan?
— Tengo tres panaderos. Dos panaderos hacen
el pan, los panecillos y los bizcochos, y el tercer
panadero hace los pasteles y las tortas. Tengo tam-
bien dos dependientes que venden el pan, etc., en la
tienda.
— I Cuarito pan puede Vd. hacer aqui al dia, senor?
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 59
— Podemos hacer tres mil panes cada dia. Ade-
mas, surtimos de bizcochos a varios cafes, y recibimos
muchos pedidos de pasteles de diferentes clases.
108. General Conversation.
1. Los propietarios de la panaderfa estdn aquf.
2. Los pasteles estan en la mesa.
3. Las canastas estan en el suelo.
4. Las canastas estan llenas de pan y panecillos.
5. El senor Logan tiene dos dependientes.
6. ,; Quien es el senor Logan ?
7. 1 Cuantos panaderos emplea?
8. 1 Donde estan los pasteles ?
9. 1 Compra usted un pastel para el almuerzo ?
10. 1 Compra usted panecillos ?
109. Variations for Oral Paragraphs. (Books closed^)
I
somos Somos pasteleros y tenemos una pasteler/a
tenemos en la ciudad de Mejico.
hacemos Hacemos trescientos pasteles de varias clases
todos los dias. Los hacemos.
surtimos Surtimos a varios hoteles de pasteles de
fruta, de jalea, y de crema.
vendemos En la tienda vendemos pasteles, mamones,
jamon, dulces franceses y americanos, etc.
Los vendemos.
II
no tenemos Nosotros no tenemos panaderfa.
no surtimos No surtimos de pan a los caf^s.
no hacemos No hacemos bizcochos. No los hacemos.
6o
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
►no recibimos No recibimos pedidos de pasteles. No los
recibimos.
es El senor Logan es el panadero.
surte El surte de pan a los cates.
recibe etc.
no. Exercises.
i. In variation II, change to questions and translate.
2. In variation I, substitutes^ (plur.) for we (98 o, Direction).
3. In variation II, substitute you (sing.) for we (98 o, Direction).
LESSON 14
REGULAR VERBS {Continued); THE PRONOUN YOUR;
NEGATIVES. (291, 295, 298-302.)
DOUBLE
in. Vocabulary.
aleli, m., stock, gillyflower
amapola,/., poppy
amarilla, yellow
amiga,/., friend
arbusto, m., shrub
bianco, white
campo, m., country.
clavel, m., pink {flower)
clavellina,/., pink {plant)
cuadro de flores, m., flower bed
dia de estar en casa, m., day at
home
encarnado, red
flor,/., flower
glorieta,/., summer house
hoja,/., leaf
jardin, m., garden
junio, m.3 June
lirio, m., lily
margarita, /., daisy, marguerite
Oloroso, fragrant
purpureo, purple
rosado, pink
rosal, m., rose bush
traje, m.t dress, frock
cuidar de, to take care of
pasar, to pass, spend
quitar, to take away
alguno, some
ninguno, none, no, any
nada, nothing
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 6 1
Mrs. Oviedo's Day at Home. The Garden
112. — Hoy es el dia de recibir de la senora Oviedo.
j Que bonitas estan Paquita y su hermana con sus
vestidos color de rosa ! Estan en el jardin con dona
Ines.
Dona Ines es una amiga intima de la senora
Oviedo, y las nifias la quieren mucho. Ella no ve
a las nifias a menudo porque vive en el campo.
Las nifias estan mostrando el jardin a dofia Ines.
Es el mes de junio y da gusto ver el frondoso
jardin. Da gusto ver las plantas, los arbustos de
adorno y las brillantes flores. j Que amapolas tan
encarnadas! jQue rosas tan olorosas! jQue
geranios !
— I Quien cuida del jardfn, Paquita?
— Papa cuida de la mayor parte del jardin pero
Maria y yo cuidamos de estos cuadros de flores
cerca de la glorieta.
— j De veras ! <j Y Vds. riegan las flores ?
— Si, sefiorita. Por lo regular pasamos quince
6 veinte minutos en el jardin todas las mananas,
regando nuestras plantas 6 quitando las hojas secas.
113. — I Cual es ^/cuadro de flores de Vd., Maria?
— Este es el mio. Tengo heliotropo y alelies
en el. Me gustan porque son muyolorosos. Tengo
alelies rosados, blancos y purpureos.
— j Cuantos hay! j Que f ragrantes !
■ — 1 Y cuales son las flores de Vd., Paquita?
62 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 63
— Estas son las mias. Tengo lirios de San Jose
y rosas, pero no tengo muchas variedades de
estas. Tengo solamente rosas encarnadas. No
tengo ni blancas ni amarillas. Tengo siete
rosales.
— I Tiene el papa de Vd. margaritas ?
— No, senora, no tiene ningunas. Tiene algunas
clavellinas y muchisimos geranios de diferentes
colores. Voy a cortar algunas rosas para Vd. y
Maria puede ir a preguntar a mi mama* si permite
que recoja yo unos pocos claveles.
— Muchisimas gracias, nina.
114. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
arbolito, m., little tree recoger, to gather
capullito, m., little bud da pena, it makes one sorry
jardincito, m., little garden
madreselva,^, honeysuckle
violeta,/., violet
115. Vocabulary. — Sight and Sound Words and
Phrases.
Quiero,
I want, I wish, I love.
<iQuiere Vd. . .
.?
Do you want . . . ? Do you wish . . . ? etc.
1 No quiere Vd.
? Don't you want . . . ? Don't you wish . . . ?
Voy a . . .,
I am going to . . .
Va a . . .,
He is going to . . .
Vamos a . . .,
We are going to . . .
Van a . . .,
They are going to . . .
Exercise. —
Use
each of the above expressions in a short
sentence.
64 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
1 1 6. General Conversation.
1. Paquita y Maria tienen vestidos de color de rosa.
2. Dona Ines lleva vestido bianco. Es joven. Es linda.
3. Dona Ines es muy linda. j Que joven tan linda !
4. La joven ve las brillantes flores. j Que flores tan
brillantes !
5. Las clavellinas son plantas.
6. Los claveles son flores.
7. Los rosales son plantas. Las rosas son flores.
8. Los alelies son de Maria.
9. Las rosas y los lirios son de Paquita.
10. 1 De qui£n son los claveles? <[ Son de Marfa?
11. 1 De quien son los lirios ?
12. 1 De quien son las amapolas?
13. 1 Qu6 son los rosales ? 1 Son plantas ?
14. d'Que son los claveles? <fQue son los arbustos ?
I Son flores ?
15. 1 Qui6n cuida de los geranios ?
16. No tengo rosas. No tengo lirios. No tengo claveles.
117. Notice the double negatives in some of the follow-
ing Spanish sentences.
Hotv many negatives are used in the corresponding English sen-
fences ? What is the effect of a double negative in English ? Note
that any must sometimes be supplied in translating.
No quiero leche. I don't want any milk.
No quiero nada. I don't want anything.
Vd. no paga nada. You don't pay anything.
Vd. no tiene plata. You have not any money.
Papa no tiene ningiin cafetal. Papa has no coffee plantation.
Mama no va a ninguna parte. Mamma does not go anywhere.
<iQuiere Felipe algiin tabaco? Does Philip want some tobacco?
Felipe no quiere tabaco. Philip does not want any tobacco.
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 65
118. Variation. {Books closed^)
Vd. pasa Usted pasa algunos momentitos en el jardin-
cito de Maria.
Vd. ve Usted ve los botones que estan saliendo.
Usted los ve.
Vd. recoge Antes de salir del jardm usted recoge algunas
amapolas. Usted las recoge.
119. Exercises. (98 £, Directions.)
1. Change above to plural thus : Vds. pasan algunos, etc.
2. We spend fifteen or twenty minutes in the garden every
morning. We pick off the dry leaves from the plants. Occasion-
ally we gather some roses for Mamma.
LESSON 15
REGULAR VERBS {Continued). (295, 298-300, 306-307.)
120. Vocabulary.
compta,/., purchase ' alquilar, to rent
piso, m., story, flat ocupar, to occupy
propiedad,/, property residir, to reside
propietaria,/, owner vivir, to live
About Streets, Stores, and Houses
121. — <j En que calle viven Vds.? <; Viven lejos
de la escuela, sefioritas ?
— Vivimos en la avenida de Buena Vista, numero
134; alii tiene Vd. su casa. Vivimos cerca del
parque y lejos de las calles principales de la
ciudad.
READING SPAN. — 5
66 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
— I Cual es la calle principal de la ciudad ?
— La calle Market.
— I Donde estan las tiendas para senoras ?
— Muchas de las tiendas donde hacen las senoras
sus compras estan en la calle Market y en la avenida
Grant.
— I Ddnde esta* la Casa de Moneda ?
— Esta en la calle Quinta.
— I Ddnde reside Vd., Isabel ?
— Resido en la calle Vallejo. Vivo con mi
madre y mi hermano, Juan. Tenemos el segundo
piso de la casa.
122. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
una habitaci6n para alquilar, a room to rent
la campanula, the bell
recibir, to receive
tocar, to ring, knock
123. General Conversation.
1. La Direction General de Correos esta en la calle
Misi6n.
2. La Casa de Moneda esta en la calle Quinta.
3. La mama de Isabel es viuda.
4. Juan es el hermano mayor de Isabel.
5. Juan Cooper tiene diez y nueve anos.
6. Isabel vive cerca del parque.
7. Su casa tiene cinco cuartos.
8. La mama de Isabel paga veinticinco pesos al mes
por la casa.
9. 1 Donde vive Isabel ?
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS
67
io. ,; Cuantos cuartos ocupa la f amilia ?
ii. l Cuanto paga la senora Cooper por la casa?
12. i Cuantos anos tiene Juan ?
124. Variation for Oral Paragraph.
Mama y yo vivimos en la calle Oak.
vivimos
es
reside
alquilamos
pagamos
ocupamos
Mama no es la propietaria de la casa. La casa
es propiedad de una senora que reside
en Santa Cruz.
Alquilamos la casa y pagamos treinta y cinco
pesos al mes.
Ocupamos el segundo piso.
No ocupamos el tercer piso.
No ocupamos el piso bajo.
125. Exercises. (98 b> Direction?)
1. Substitute usted y su mama for mama y yo.
2. Say, / live on Oak Street; I am ?iot the proprietor, etc.
LESSON 16
REGULAR VERBS {Continued); IDIOMS WITH TENER; THE IN-
FINITIVE USED AFTER PREPOSITIONS. (291-300, 306-307.)
126. Vocabulary.
buz6n, m., letter box
cada, each
camarada, m.t comrade,
companion
campo, m., country
hoy, to-day
juego, m., game
nada, nothing
paloma,/., dove
palomar, m., dovecote
papel, m., paper
pluma,/., pen
primo, m., cousin
silbido, m., whistle
68
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
tarde,/., afternoon
coger, to take up, take
concluir, to conclude
echar, to throw, cast
encender, to light
escribir, to write
interrumpir, to interrupt
Albert Writes a Letter to His Country Cousins
127. Alberto tiene un primo y una prima que
viven en el campo. Cada quince dias les escribe
una carta.
Hoy tiene mucho que decivks. Va a escribir de
los preparativos de la familia para trasladar^ a su
ALBERTO V SU PERRQ SALEN CORRIENDO A ENCONTRAR A PEPE.
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 69
nueva casa. Piensa escribir tambien de sus palo
mas, de su palomar en la nueva casa y de su ultimo
juego de pelota.
Alberto coge una pluma y papel de cartas y escribe
una parte de su carta. Entonces oye el silbido de
su camarada, Pepe Young, y sale a su encuentro.
A las seis de la tarde, como no tiene que hacer
nada, concluye su carta. Despues sale a echar/#
en el buzdn. Despues de echar la carta en el
buzdn, vuelve & casa y enciende el gas en el
comedor.
1 28. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
el cartero, the letter carrier el pliego de papel, the sheet of
la carta certificada, the regis- paper
tered letter el sobre, the envelope
la direcci6n, the address la tarjeta postal, the postal card
Idioms
tengo frio, I am cold tengo hambre, I am hungry
tengo calor, I am warm tengo que ir, I have to go
tengo sed, I am thirsty tenemos que ir, we have to go
129. General Conversation.
1. Alberto vive en la ciudad.
2. Sus primos viven en el campo.
3. Alberto tiene un palomar en la casa nueva.
4. Alberto tiene veinte palomas blancas.
5. Pepe Young es el camarada de Alberto.
6. Pepe Young sabe silbar.
7. Pepe y Alberto saben jugar a la pelota.
JO READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
8. Alberto Oviedo esta escribiendo una carta.
9. Oye un silbido. Sabe al momento que esta Pepe
en el jardin.
10. Alberto echa la pluma en la mesa. Alberto sale
al jardm.
11. 1 Que" tiene Alberto ?
1 2. 1 Cuantas palomas tiene ? - 1 De que" color son las
palomas ?
13. I Qui6n es Pepe Young ?
14. l Quien sabe silbar ?
15. l Que sabe Alberto ?
16. 1 Que esta haciendo Alberto ?
130. Variation for Oral Paragraph. (Books closed.)
escriben Paquita y Maria escriben cartas a sus primi-
tos todos los meses.
es Hoy es el dia de escribir las cartas.
cogen Las ninas cogen plumas y escriben unas
escriben pocas lineas.
entran Entonces entran visitas que interrumpen a
interrumpen las ninas.
concluyen Paquita y Maria concluyen sus cartas mas
tarde.
Las concluyen a las seis y cuarto.
las echan Despu^s de escribir las cartas, las echan en
el buzon.
131. Exercises.
»
1. Substitute you (sing.) for Fanny and Mary and a letter
for letters.
2. Substitute / for Fannie and Mary.
PRESENT INDICATIVE OF REGULAR VERBS 7 1
132. Oral Drill. Phrasing with the Infinitive.
Write on the blackboard for reference : —
Prepositions Infinitives
sin, without escribir hacer
antes de, before (in time) decir vender
despues de, after (in time) echar interrumpir
para, for
1. What do the words in the last two columns mean ?
2. Listen to the following phrases and tell what they mean : —
(a) sin escribir (fr) antes de escribir una carta
sin decir antes de escribirla
sin echar despues de escribirla
para hacer antes de interrumpir a Felipe
para vender antes de interrumpirle
Observe that, contrary to English usage, the infinitive,
not the gerund, is used in the above phrases. Note the
position of the objective pronouns le and la.
133. Rules.
1. The infinitive, not the gerund, usually follows prepo-
sitions.
2. Objective pronouns follow and are attached to the
infinitive. See 291 and 292.
Say in Spanish : —
before making the dovecote ; before making it
after making the dovecotes ; after making them
without selling the doves ; without selling them
without interrupting Mary ; without interrupting her
before lighting the gas ; before lighting it
CHAPTER VI
PAST PARTICIPLES; THE AUXILIARY OR HELPING VERB
HABER (TO HAVE)
LESSON 17
PAST PARTICIPLES. (278 a, 303-307.)
134. Vocabulary.
cocinera,/., cook caliente, hot
chico, m., little boy frlo, cold
esposa,/, wife
lado, m.t side Past Participles
plato sopero, m., soup plate cerrado, closed
pudin, m., pudding colocado, placed
salsa,/., sauce preparado, prepared
servilleta, /., napkin sentado, seated
sopa,/., soup servido, served
traer, to bring
Dinner
135. — Esta es Teresa. Teresa esta* en la cocina.
Ella es cocinera.
— Son las seis y media. Ya es hora de comer.
Todo esta preparado. El pudin esta colocado cerca
de la ventana. Teresa quiere servir un pudin frio.
La ventana no esta cerrada ; esta abierta. Los
platos estan colocados sobre la estufa porque se usan
72
PAST PARTICIPLES 73
calientes. Teresa esta echando la salsa de tomate
en un plato hondo.
— En el comedor todo esta* listo para la comida.
Los cuchillos, los tenedores, etc., estan puestos en la
mesa. <j No ve Vd. el pan ? El plato de pan esta
puesto en el centro de la mesa. <; Ve Vd. las ser-
villetas ? Estan colocadas cerca de la orilla de la
mesa.
— I Ddnde esta la familia ?
— La familia esta seutada a la mesa. El sefior
Oviedo esta sejitado a un lado de la mesa y su
esposa esta sentada al otro lado. Felipe esta sen-
tado cerca de su padre. Los dos chicos estan cerca
de su madre.
— Teresa trae la sopa en la sopera y la sefiora
Oviedo la sirve. Poco despues Teresa quita los
platos soperos y trae otros y luego entra con la
carne.
136. Vocabulary. — Sight and Sound Words and Phrases.
Quisiera I should like ; he, she, it, or
you would like
Quisieramos We should like
Me gusta ... I like . . .
No me gusta ... I don't like . . .
<i Le gusta a Vd. . . . ? Do you like . . . ?
I No le gusta a Vd. . . . ? . Don't you like . . . ?
Nos gusta . . . We like . . .
I Me haceVd. el favor de pasarme . . . ? Will you kindly pass me ... ?
Sirvase Vd. pasarme . . . Please pass me . . .
74 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
137. General Conversation.
1. 1 Le gusta a Vd. la sopa ?
2. 1 No le gusta a Vd. la carne?
3. Me gusta este plato.
4. Me gusta esta salsa de tomate.
5. Me gustan la carne y el pudin.
6. Nos gusta la comida.
7. No nos gusta la comida esta noche.
8. Sirvase Vd. pasarme ese plato hondo.
9. dQuisiera Vd. sentarse cerca de mi?
10. 1 Quisieran Vds. almorzar a las cinco de la maflana ?
138. Summary for Oral Paragraph. {Books closed.)
son Son las seis y media.
esta preparada La comida esta preparada.
estan colocados Los cuchillos y los tenedores estan colo-
cados en la mesa.
estan colocadas Las servilletas estan colocadas en la mesa.
esta sentada La familia esta sentada.
esta servida La sopa esta servida.
139. Exercise.
The supper is prepared. The meat is on the table. The tea
is on the table. The guests are seated.
HABER AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE 75
LESSON 18
THE AUXILIARY OR HELPING VERB HABER (TO HAVE); PAST
PARTICIPLES. (272, 308-309, 291-292.)
140. Vocabulary.
asado, m.f roast acabar, to finish
comida,/., dinner concluir, to conclude, finish
padres, m.t parents dar, to give
patata,/., potato hacer, to make, do
postres, m., dessert hecho, p.p., irr.t made, done
tacita,/, little cup ir, to go
taza,/, cup ido, /./., gone
lavar, to wash
Uevar, to carry
quitar, to take away, take off
Dinner (continued)
141 e Hoy para la comida Teresa ha preparado
un asado. Ha preparado patatas al horno y ha
hecho una ensalada muy sabrosa de lechuga y apio.
Ya ha llevado la comida a la mesa y la familia
ha concluido de comer. Ya han acabado los
postres. Teresa esta llevando las tacitas de cafe
a la mesa para los padres y para Felipe y Paquita.
La sefiora Oviedo ya ha dado leche a los nifios
chicos.
Ya se han ido los senores Oviedo y los nifios a la
sala. Teresa ha quitado el mantel y lavado los
platos.
Exercise. Read aloud, changing Teresa \.o yo.
7o
KhADlNG, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
142. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
oil vinagre, m.} vinegar
carne frita, fried meat
un plato roto, a broken plate
aceite, m
almuerzo, m., breakfast
cena,/., supper
tortilla (Mex.), /., bread made
of corn, and in shape like a
large pancake.
•143. General Conversation.
a. 1. El nino pequeno ha comido una patata.
2. El senor Oviedo no ha comido la ensalada.
3. Maria no ha comido la carne. Ha comido dos
tomates.
4. Pablo ha tornado un vaso de leche.
5. I Quien ha tornado cafe ?
6. 1 Quien ha tornado leche ?
7. 1 Cuantas patatas ha comido el nino pequefio ?
8. 1 Ha quitado Vd. el mantel ?
9. Sirvase Vd. pasarme el vinagre.
10. Sirvase Vd. pasarnos los platos.
b.
tortilla.
1. En el grabado hay una india mejicana.
2. Esta haciendo tortillas.
3. El chico ha venido a la reja a pedir/^ una
4. ,; Ha estado Vd. en Mexico alguna vez (ever)?
5. 1 Ha comido Vd. tortillas alguna vez ?
6. 1 Me hace Vd. el favor de darw<? una tortilla?
HABER AND THE PAST TARTICIPLE
77
HACIENDO TORTILLAS.
144. Variations for Oral Paragraphs.
I
son Estas son indias mejicanas.
han preparado Han preparado la comida para los trabaja-
dores del caf etal. La 1 han preparado.
han preparado Han preparado un guisado, frijoles, etc.
Los1 han preparado.
estan llevando Dos de las mujeres estan llevando la
comida a los trabajadores.
3 Note that the objective pronoun precedes the predicate. See 198, Rule.
78
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
son
esta preparada
nan preparado
nan hecho
ha tocado
han entrado
II
Son las doce menos cinco.
La comida esta preparada.
Los eocineros han preparado un asado
para la comida y han hecho una ensalada
de esparrago y un pudin.
Uno de los mozos ha tocado la campanilla.
La \ ha tocado.
Ya los segadores han entrado en el come-
dor y estan sentados a la mesa. Estan
comiendo. Estan comiendo la ensalada.
Estan comiendola.
es
han concluido
han vuelto
Ya es la una.
Los segadores han concluido de comer y
han vuelto a la siega.
Ill
— ,; Quien ha preparado la comida, Francisca ?
■ — La 1 he preparado yo.
— I Quien ?
— Yo, papa.
— I Qui^n ha hecho la ensalada y el pudm ?
— Yo los1 he hecho. He hecho la ensalada y el pudin.
— I No ha hecho mama la salsa?
— No, papa, yo lo 1 he hecho todo. Mama no ha pre-
parado nada para la comida.
145. Exercises.
1. In variation I substitute we for these,
2. Substitute cook for cooks y and superintendent (mayordomo)
for reapers.
1 Note that the objective pronoun precedes the predicate. See 198, Rule.
HABER AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE 79
LESSON 19
THE AUXILIARY VERB HABER; PAST PARTICIPLES; APPLIED
FRACTIONS. (271-272, 308-309, 291-292, 198, Rule.)
146. Vocabulary.
1/2, un medio 4/7, cuatro septimos
1/3, un tercio 3/8, tres octavos
1/4, un cuarto 5/9, cinco novenos
3/5, tres quintos l/lo> siete d&imos
3/6, tres sextos
147.
dos horas y media, two hours and a half
dos anos y medio, two years and a half
media docena, half a dozen
la mitad de una docena, the half of a dozen
la tercera parte de un pastel, the third part of a pie
The Apple Pie
148. — Estos muchachos han comprado un pastel
de manzana. Les gusta el pastel de manzana.
— Han dividido el pastel en cinco partes. Uno
de los muchachos lo ha cortado en cinco partes.
Lo ha cortado con su navaja. Cada muchacho ha
recibido una quinta parte. Dos de los muchachos
ya han comido su pedazo y quisieran tener otro.
Estan mirando a los otros muchachos comer los
suyos.
149. Variations.
1. Read the above, changing these boys to we.
2. See Composition, Lesson 19, 3.
SO READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
LESSON 20
THE AUXILIARY VERB HABER; PAST PARTICIPLES.
(271-272, 306-309.)
150. Vocabulary.
a tiempo, opportunely hoy mismo, to-day {emphatic)
alguna parte, somewhere me alegro, I am glad
billete de ida y vuelta, m.y round- tren de las dos, two o'clock train
trip ticket vamos, we are going, let us go
buenos dias, good morning
cabalmente, exactly, precisely acabar de . . . , to have just . . .
con que, so acabo de . . . , I have just . . .
despacho de billetes, m., ticket comprar, to buy
office encontrar, to meet
despacho de equipajes, m., bag- estar, to be
gage office estado, p.p., been
Traveling
151. — J Buenos dias, don Jorge!
— j Buenos dias, don Jose ! Me alegro de encon-
trar& a usted tan a tiempo porque queria verfe antes
de salir de la ciudad.
— I Usted va a alguna parte ?
— Acabo de salir del despacho de billetes. He
comprado un billete de ida y vuelta para Los An-
geles.
— I Con que usted piensa ir i. Los Angeles ?
Pues yo tambien voy alia.
— I De veras ! 1 Cuando parte usted ?
— Pienso ir hoy mismo en el tren de las dos.
— Pues cabalmente en ese mismo tren me voy
yo Podemos ir juntos 1 no es verdad ?
HABER AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE
Si
POZOS DE PETROLEO CERCA DE LOS ANGELES.
— Con muchisimo gusto, i Ha hecho usted fac-
turar su equipaje todavia ?
— Todavia no. No he estado todavia en el des-
pacho de equipajes. Vamos alia ahora.
— Muy bien.
152. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
el baiil, the trunk
la guia de ferrocarriles, the rail-
way time-table
la maleta, the valise
READING SPAN. — 6
el tal6n (de equipaje), the check
(for baggage)
el tren correo, the mail train
el tren de pasajeros, the passen-
ger train
82 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
153. General Conversation.
1. Me alegro de ver a Vd.
2. Me alegro de ver a D. Jose".
3. 1 Con que no vamos hoy ?
4. ,; Con que vamos mafiana, verdad ?
5. Si, vamos a Los Angeles mafiana.
6. Con que ustedes van mafiana 1 no es verdad ?
7. Si, senor.
154. Variation for Oral Paragraph. (Books closed.)
Hemos estado en el olespacho de billetes. Hemos com-
prado dos billetes de ida y vuelta para el Yosemite. Par-
timos hoy a las siete y media. No hemos estado todavia
en el despacho de equipajes porque, al salir del despacho
de billetes, hemos encontrado a algunos amigos. Estamos
parados aqui hablando con ellos.
155. Exercise. Substitute you (sing.) for we.
LESSON 21
THE AUXILIARY VERB HABER; PAST PARTICIPLES.
(271-272, 307-309.)
156. Vocabulary.
asiento, m., seat bajar, to alight
coche de fumar, m., smoking car bajemos, let us alight
coche sal6n, m., parlor car dar una vuelta, to take a walk
estaci6n,/., station, season fumar, to smoke
rato, m., while llegar, to arrive
tabaco, m., cigar, tobacco pararse, to stop
tunel, m., tunnel se para, stops, it stops
ventanilla, /, window (of a con- tener raz6n, to be right
veyance) Vd. tiene raz6n, you are right
HABER AND THE PAST PARTICIPLE 83
Traveling {continued')
157. — Hemos entrado en el coche saldn. <j No
prefiere usted ir al coche de fumar, don Jose ?
— Naturalmente. Vamos al coche de fumar . . .
Aqui hay dos asientos. { Abro la ventanilla?
— Todavia no ; me parece que muy cerca de aqui
hay un tunel.
— Si, tiene usted razdn ; ya hemos llegado al
tunel . . .
— I Que estacidn es esta ?
— San Jose. El tren se para aqui quince minutos.
Bajemos por un rato.
158. Variations.
I. 1 Han estado Vds. en el coche de fumar? 1 Cuantos
tabacos han f umado ? 1 Cuando han cerrado Vds. la ven-
tanilla ? 1 Porque no la 1 han cerrado antes ? ( Han bajado
Vds. del tren al llegar a San Jose ? 4 Han bajado Vds.
para dar una vuelta ?
II. Don Jose ha entrado en el coche de fumar y se ha
sentado. Ha abierto la ventanilla. Esta fumando. . . .
Ya ha f umado dos tabacos. Ya los1 ha f umado,
159. Exercises.
1. In I, substitute don Carlos for Vds.
2. In II, substitute /for don Jose.
1 §ee 144, footnote.
CHAPTER VII
GERUNDS (CONCLUYENDO, LEYENDO, ETC.); OBJECTIVE PRO-
NOUNS ATTACHED TO THE GERUND
LESSON 22
GERUNDS USED WITH ESTAR TO EXPRESS PROGRESSIVE
ACTION (REVIEW); CHRISTMAS AND NEW YEAR'S. C280-281;
305, Footnote ; 306.)
160. Vocabulary.
ano, m.f year
bienvenida,/, welcome
campana,/., bell
enero, m., January
feliz, happy
fin, m.y end
nada, nothing
Navidad,/., Christmas
noche,/., night
nuevo, new
regalo, m., gift
rey, m., king
santo, holy
viejo, old
dar la bienvenida, to welcome
desear, to wish, desire
hablar, to speak, talk
llamarse, to be called
se llama, is called
CAMPANAS.
Christmas and New Year's
161. — Ya estan aqui San Nicolds y el Ano
Nuevo. San Nicolas esta hablando con el Ano
GERUNDS
«5
Nuevo y ie estd dando la bienvenida. Las cam-
panas estan tocando el fin del ano viejo. Se acaba
el ano viejo.
En ingle-, San Nicolas se
llama tambien Santa Claus.
Trae regalos a los ninos. En
Mejico, los ninos reciben rega-
los el seis de enero. Dicen que
los santos Reyes les traen rega-
los. Los ninos mejicanos no
saben nada del buen San Nico-
las de los ninos americanos.
Llaman el dia seis de enero la
noche de Reyes.
La Navidad es el veinticinco
de diciembre y el dia de ano nuevo es el primero
de enero.
\Le deseo a Vd. un feliz ano nuevo I
LAS MEDIAS ESTAN COL-
GADAS CERCA DE LA
CHIMENEA.
162. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
dia feriado, holiday
j feliz pascua ! merry Christmas !
la Nochebuena, Christmas Eve
163. Groups of Two Objective Pronouns.
me lo, it to, for, or from me
nos lo, it to, for, or from us
se lo, it to, for, or from him, her, it, you, or them.
In the group se lo, what does lo mean ? What is the meaning of&e ?
86
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
164. In the following sentences, note these points : (a)
Just as with the infinitive, objective pronouns follow and
are attached to the gerund (133, Rule 2).
(J?) The addition of two syllables to the infinitive, and
of one or more syllables to the gerund makes necessary
a written accent on these verb forms.
1. Don Luis estd d&ndome un
regalo.
2. Esta dandome/o.
3. Estoy recibiendo/o.
4. Estoy recibi&n&oselo.
5 . Mi amigo desea darnos su lin-
terna m&gica.
6. Desea dar nosla.
Louis is giving me a present.
He is giving it to me.
I am receiving it.
I am receiving it from him.
My friend wishes to give us his
magic lantern.
He wishes to give it to us.
165. Exercises. Written Accent on the Gerund and
the Infinitive.
(a) What do the following mean ? Write them from
dictation.
comprarlo
comprarmelo
prepararlo
prepararselo
comprandolo
quitandolo
lavandolos
dandolos
hacie*ndolas
comprandomelo
quitandomelo
lavandoselos
dandoselos
haciendomelas
(Jf) Say in Spanish : —
placing it for me
closing it for me
writing it to him
singing it for him
gathering them
gathering them for her
selling them to them
sending it to them
GERUNDS
8;
LESSON 23
GERUNDS USED WITH ESTAR TO EXPRESS PROGRESSIVE ACTION
(REVIEW) ; VARIATIONS IN SPELLING. (280-281; 305, foot-
note; 306.)
166. Vocabulary.
bailadora,/, dancer
biblioteca,/, library
camarada, m.t comrade, chum
cocina,/., kitchen
cometa,/, kite
las cuales, which, who
diario, m.} newspaper
hija,/, daughter
mesa, /., table
mientras, while
ora . . . ora, now . , . now
para que, so that
partida de damas, /., game of
checkers
puerta,/, door
rato, m., while, short time
revista,/, review, magazine
sala,/., reception room, parlor
suelo, m., floor
vecinita,/., little neighbor
bailar, to dance
creer, to believe
escribir, to write
hacer, to make
jugar, to play {games)
leer, to read
tocar, to play (musical instru-
ments)
167. Some Expressions of Past Time.
estaba, was ; I, he, she, or it was, you (sing.) were (339 a)
estabamos, we were
habia, had ; I, he, she, it, or you had
habiamos, we had
Evening at Mrs. Oviedo's
168. — Es de noche. El senor Oviedo est£ en la
biblioteca ora leyendo ora escribiendo notas. En
la mesa de escribir estan el diario y algunas revistas.
La familia del senor Oviedo esta en la sala.
88 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
La sefiora Oviedo esta" tocando el piano y sus dos
hijas estan bailando con sus vecinitas, las cuales han
entrado para pasar un rato con Paquita y Maria.
Pablo y Tomasito estan sentados en el suelo cerca
de la puerta. Se han sentado cerca de la puerta
EL SENOR OVIEDO ESTA LEYENDO EL DIARIO.
para que las bailadoras no los pisen. Creen estar
jugando una partida de damas.
Alberto no esta en la sala. Esta* en la cocina con
su camarada, Pepe Young. Estdn haciendo una
cometa. Pepe es el hermano de las nifias que estdn
bailando con Paquita y Maria.
Felipe ha ido al teatro con su amigo Tomds.
169. Oral Review.
Say in Spanish : —
to open opening
to close closing closed
to arrive arriving arrived
GERUNDS
to smoke
smoking
smoked
to meet
meeting
met
to dance
dancing
danced
danced
I have danced
I had danced
played
I have played
I had played
read
I have read
I had read it
believed
I have believed it
I had believed it
170. Vocabulary.
ahora, now
cantar, to sing
bollo, m., cake
concluir,
to conclude, finish
cachucha,/, cachucha (a Span-
estudiar,
to study
ish dance)
imitar, to imitate
carta,/., letter
procurar.
, to try
lecci6n,/., lesson
traer, to
bring
nuestra, our
89
Evening at Mrs. Oviedo's {Variations)
171. 1. Yo estoy leyendo el diario, mi serlora esta
tocando el piano y mi hija esta bailando la cachucha.
Tomasito y Pablo estan jugando una partida de damas.
Maria procura imitar a su hermana. Felipe esta con-
cluyendo una carta.
2. Estamos en la biblioteca. No estamos leyendo el
diario. No estamos escribiendo. Estamos estudiando
nuestras lecciones.
3. Ahora estamos en la sala. No estamos estudiando
ahora. Estamos cantando y bailando. Teresa esta tra-
yin&onos chocolate con marquesotes y suspiros.
172. Oral Exercises.
1. In 2 substitute estfibamos for estamos and translate.
2. In 3 substitute estoy for estamos and translate.
CHAPTER VIII
SOME IDIOMS; HAY, HACE CALOR, ETC
LESSON 24
SOME IDIOMS: CLIMATE, PROVERBS. (334-335.)
173. Haber and Hacer used impersonally.
hay, there is, there are
<»hay? is there? are there?
no hay, there is not, there are
not
habia, there was, there were
hace calor, it is warm
hace frio, it is cold
174. Vocabulary.
dia de fiesta, m., holiday
durante, during
hoy, to-day
invierno, ;//., winter
julio, m., July
junio, m.t June
niebla,/, fog
por lo general, in general, gen-
erally
primavera,/, spring
hace viento, it is windy
hace mucho calor, it is very
warm
hace mucho frio, it is very cold
hace mucho viento, it is very
windy
hace mucho aire, it is very windy
rara vez, rarely
la semana que viene, next week
verano, m.t summer
viernes, m., Friday
Hover, to rain
llueve, it rains
nevar, to snow
nieva, it snows
90
SOME IDIOMS 91
175. — El viernes de la semana que viene sera* el
cuatro de julio, dia de fiesta nacional.
Estamos en el verano. Hace mucho calor hoy
I verdad ?
En San Francisco, no hace mucho calor en el
verano ni mucho frio en el invierno. Llueve en eJ
invierno. Rara vez nieva en San Francisco.
f tfm.
t
f
\\
EL VERANO EN LA SIERRA NEVADA,
CALIFORNIA.
92 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
176.
Sobre gustos no hay disputa. There is no accounting for
tastes.
No hay peor sordo que el There is no one so deaf as
que no quiere oir. he who will not hear.
No hay placer sin hiel. There is no pleasure with-
out pain.
No hay de que. Don't mention it (an answer
to an apology or to an
expression of thanks).
No hay regla sin excepci6n. There is an exception to
every rule.
Donde hay gana hay mafia. Where there is a will there
is a way.
A mucha hambre no hay pan Hunger is a good sauce.
duro.
177. Vocabulary,
ative Commands.
Sight and Sound Phrases ; Direct Affirm-
diga Vd., tell, say
digame Vd., tell me
digamelo Vd., tell it to me
digamoslo, let us tell it
hagalo Vd., do it, make it
hagamos, let us do, let us make
hagamoslo, let us do it, let us
make it
Learn 355, I.
saiga Vd., go out
salgamos, let us go out
traiga Vd. el diario, bring the
newspaper
traigalo Vd., bring it
venga Vd. aca, come here
vaya Vd. all*, go there
NOTE. — In direct affirmative commands objective pronouns follow and are
attached to the verb. The addition of the pronoun pushes the stressed sylla-
ble farther from the end of the word and makes a written accent necessary.
See 163, 164 b, and 198, Role.
SOME IDIOMS
93
vera
178. General Conversation.
1. No hace calor hoy.
2. No hace frio hoy.
3. No hace calor en la playa.
4. Hace calor en las montanas en el verano.
5. Nieve en las montanas en el invierno.
6. La nieve es blanca.
7. Me gusta la nieve.
8. l Hace calor en la playa ?
9. { Hace calor hoy ? 1 Hace mucho frio ?
10. 1 Hace viento en julio ? 1 Hace viento en la prima-
LA PLAYA.
CHAPTER IX
PRESENT TENSE INDICATIVE OF SEMI-REGULAR VERBS
LESSON 25
SEMI-REGULAR VERBS (PRESENT TENSE INDICATIVE OF CE-
RRAR, QUERER, SENTAR, PEDIR, AND PODER). (310-314, 316.)
179. Vocabulary.
al por mayor, by wholesale
a lo menos, at least
alguien, some one
comerciante, m., merchant
comercio, m., business
edificio, m., building
escalera,/, stairway
escritorio, m., desk
fuera de, outside of
joven, m.y young man
libro de caja, m., cash book
mayor, tn.> ledger
;;/.
book
nadie, no one, nobody
secretario particular, m.f private
secretary
socio, m.} partner
tenedor de libros,
keeper
ir, to go
ido,/./., gone
llegar, to arrive
subir, to go up
180. Some Common Vowel Changes in Verbs.
cerrar
cierra
to close
he closes
decir, irr.
dice
to say
he says
poder, irr.
puede
can, to be able
he can, he is able
querer, irr*
quiere
to want, to wish
he wants, he wishes
sentar
sienta
to seat
he seats
veair? irr,
viene
to come
94
he comes
SEMI-REGULAR VERBS 95
Mr. Garcia in His Office
181. — El senor Garcia es comerciante. Tiene
comercio de panos al por mayor. Su despacho esta*
en el tercer piso de este edificio. Ha subido la
escalera y ha llegado a la puerta de su despacho.
Entra en su despacho y cierra la puerta.
El joven que se ve es Juan Cooper. Juan es el
secretario particular del senor Garcia y del socio de
este.
El senor Garcia tiene mucho que hacer hoy por-
que su socio, el senor don Jose Castro, esta fuera
de la ciudad. Su socio ha ido a Los Angeles para
pasar algunos dias. El senor Garcia no quiere ver
a nadie por una hora a lo menos. Antes de entrar
en su cuarto interior dice a Juan, — Si viene alguien,
hable/<? usted por mi.
Entrado ya en el cuarto interior, el senor Garcia
abre su escritorio y se sienta delante de el. Aque-
llos libros que tiene son el libro de caja y el mayor.
Esta examinando/^.
182. Exercise. Read the above, changing Mr. Garcia to 1
183. Vocabulary. — Supplementary.
el ascensor, the elevator quebrar, to fail
la factura, the invoice en efectivo, in cash
el pedido, the order {for goods) en metalico, in cash
el saldo acreedor, the credit balance
el taquigrafo, the shorthand writer
asentar una partida, to make an entry
96
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
184. Variations for Oral Paragraphs.
1. entran Los tcnedores de libros entran en el des-
pacho de la fabrica.
2. cierran Los tenedores de libros cierran la puerta.
3. tienen Tienen mucho que hacer.
4. quieren No quieren ver a nadie.
5. sientan Se sientan delante de sus escritorios.
Se sientan despues de cerrar la puerta.
II
entramos Entramos en el despacho interior.
cerramos Cerramos la puerta.
Antes de sentarnos, cerramos la puerta.
tenemos Tenemos mucho que hacer.
sentarnos Nos sentarnos a la mesa de escribir.
examinamos Examinamos unas facturas.
Despues de sentarnos examinamos unas
facturas.
185. Exercise. In II substitute / for we*
186. Oral Exercise.
1. necesita El senor Castro necesita una gufa de
trenes.
2. puede No puede salir del despacho ahora.
3. tiene No puede salir porque tiene mucho que
hacer.
4. va Juan va a la estaci6n.
5. pide Juan va a la estacion y pide una gufa de
trenes para el.
SEMI-REGULAR VERBS
97
II
1. necesitamos Necesitamos una gufa de trenes.
2. podemos Podemos obtenerla en la estaci6n de
ferrocarriles.
3. vamos Vamos a la estacion.
4. pedimos Vamos a la estacion y pedimos una guia
de trenes.
187. Exercise. In 186, II, substitute / for we.
JUAN COOPER ES EL SECRETARIO PARTICULAR.
READING SPAN. — *]
CHAPTER X
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS; REFLEXIVE VERBS; USUAL POSI-
TION OF OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS; AORIST INDICATIVE;
USE OF DEFINITE ARTICLE INSTEAD OF POSSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE; SEMI-REGULAR VERBS {Continued)
LESSON 26
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS; POSITION OF OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS
(133, Rule 2 ; 164 a and b.)
188. Reflexive Pronouns.
me
se
nos
myself
or on, to, for, or from
myself
himself
himself
herself
herself
itself
itself
one's self
one's self
themselves
or on, to, for, or from
themselves
yourself
yourself
yourselves
yourselves
one another
one another
each other
each other
ourselves
or on, to, for, or from
98
ourselves
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
99
Material for Oral Exercises on Reflexive Pronouns (205
and 213 with their variations may precede these oral exer-
cises).
189. Vocabulary.
a lo largo, at length, lengthwise
arbol, m., tree
barberia,,/, barber shop
bata,/., wrapper, dressing gown
cama,/, bed
cansado, tired
dos veces, twice
espejo, m., mirror
funci6n,/., reception, function
gana,y!, desire
guante, m., glove
habil, skillful
ira {inf., ir), he will go
nunca, never
por qu6, why
la pr6xima vez, the next time
ropa,/., clothing
s6 (inf., saber), I know
seda,/, silk
sombrero, m., hat
traje, m., frock, gown, suit
vez,/, time
voy, I am going
zapatilla,/., slipper
Reflexive Verbs
acostarse, (A1), to go to bed,
lie down
afeitarse, to shave one's self
cortarse, to cut one's self
desnudarse, to undress one's self
meterse, to put into, get into
ponerse, irr., to put on
quitarse, to take off
tender se (A1), to lie out at
length, stretch out
190. Exercise. Say in Spanish: —
1. To shave myself, to cut myself, to undress myself.
2. To shave ourselves, to cut ourselves.
3. To shave himself, to cut himself.
191.
1. afeitandose
2. mirandose
Tomds esta afeitandose.
Tomas esta mirandose en el espejo.
1 A, B, or Bi in parentheses after an infinitive indicates irregularities in the stem
in certain forms, See 312-313*
IOO
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
3. se ha cortado
Ya se ha cortado dos veces.
La proxima vez ira a la barberia.
1. me afeito
2. me miro
3. me corto
4. soy
II
Me afeito dos veces a la semana.
Me miro en el espejo mientras me
afeito.
Nunca me corto.
Soy mas habil que Tomas.
192. Exercises.
1. In 191, II, substitute you (sing.) for /.
2. In 191, II, substitute you (plur.) for L
193.
i. estamos
2. tenemos
Estamos cansados.
Tenemos ganas de quitarnos los
sombreros.
Tenemos ganas de tendernos a lo
largo bajo este arbol.
194. Exercise. In 193, substitute / for we.
195.
1. he estado
He estado en la funcion y estoy
cansada.
Me he quitado los guantes y el traje
de seda.
Me he puesto una bata.
4. estoy poniendome Estoy poni^ndome las zapatillas.
Estoy poniendomelas.
2. me he quitado
3. me he puesto
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
.01
5. voy &
Voy a tendei;me sobre el so -'a can
descansar un rato.
1. s6
2. ha est ado
3. se ha quitado
etc.
II
Yo se* por que1 esta Vd. cansada. Se*
por que" esta Vd. acostada.
Vd. ha estado en la tertulia de la
senora Cooper.
Vd. se ha quitado los guantes.
etc.
196. Exercise.
1. Finish II in 195.
2. Change I to negative statements and translate each.
197. Groups of Two Objective Pronouns.
me lo, it on, it off {literally, it to or from myself)
me la, it on, it off {literally, it to or from myself)
nos lo, it on, it off {literally, it to or from ourselves)
se lo, it on, it off {literally, it to or from himself, themselves,
yourself, etc.)
198. For Reference. The following sentences show the
usual position of objective pronouns. (See also 164 a and b
and 292.)
1. Nos quitamos los guantes.
2. Nos los quitamos.
3. Nos hemos quitado los za-
patos.
4. Nos los hemos quitado.
We take off our gloves.
We take them off.
We have taken off our
shoes.
We have taken them off.
102
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
5,-Vd. se'o^ta el sombrero.
6. Vd. se lo quita.
7. 1 Se lo quita Vd., Maria ?
8. 1 No se lo quita ?
9. Vd. esta quitandose el so-
bretodo.
You take off your hat.
You take it off.
Do you take it off, Mary ?
Don't you take it off ?
You are taking off your
overcoat.
10. Quiero ponerme los zapa- I wish to put on my
tos.
n. Quiero ponermelos.
12. Me los estoy poniendo.
13. Estoy poniendomelos.
14. l Estoy ponidndomelos ?
15. P6ngamelo Vd.
16. Dfgamelo Vd.
shoes.
I wish to put them on.
I am putting them on.
I am putting them on.
Am I putting them on ?
Put it on me.
Tell it to me.
Rule. Objective pronouns follow infinitives, gerunds,
and verb forms in direct, affirmative commands; they
usually precede other forms of the verb.
199. Oral Exercise.
Point to the following short sentences while you say their Span-
ish equivalents two or three times. Practice on similar sentences
until you can use the groups me lo, nos lo, se lo, etc., readily.
1. Here is your hat You put it on. You take it off.
2. Here are your gloves. You put them on. You take them
off. You are taking them off.
3. Do you wish to take off your gloves? Do you wish to take
them off? Do you wish to put them on ?
4. I take off my dressing gown. I don't take it off. I don't
wish to take it off.
5. I have taken off my shoes. I have taken them off* I have
not taken them off.
THE AORIST INDICATIVE
103
LESSON 27
THE AORIST TENSE INDICATIVE. (327-328.)
200.
i. Felipe entr6 en la fruterfa.
Felipe compr6 una sandfa.
Llev6 la sandfa a casa.
2. La senora Cooper alquil6
esta casa hace tres anos.
Vivi6 aquf por dos anos.
3. Alquile* la casa y vivi en
ella por un ano.
4. Encendi el gas en mi cuarto
de dormir.
Despu^s me sente*.
Escribi una carta a Pepita.
5. Encendimos el gas en la
oficina, nos sentamos, y
escribimos varias cartas
a nuestros corresponsales
en Mexico y Guatemala.
Philip entered the fruit
store.
Philip bought a water-
melon.
He carried the watermelon
home.
Mrs. Cooper rented this
house three years ago.
She lived here for two
years.
I rented the house and
lived in it for a year.
I lighted the gas in my
bedroom.
Afterwards I seated my-
self.
I wrote a letter to Josie.
We lit the gas in the
office, seated ourselves,
and wrote several letters
to our correspondents in
Mexico and Guatemala.
201. Maximiliano lleg6 a Veracruz a fines de mayo de
1864.
La emperatriz lleg6 con 61
Un consejo de guerra juzg6 a Maximiliano y le condenfl a muerte
en 1867.
104
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
202. El general Diaz otorg6 concesiones a companias ameri-
canas para la construcci6n de ferrocarriles durante su primer
periodo presidencial.
LA MISION DE LOS DOLORES.
203. Hace mas de ciento cuarenta anos, llegaron los francis-
canos a California y fundaron vari as misiones para convertir y
ensenar a los indios. En 1776, el mismo afio en que se declararon
independientes las trece colonias americanas, fundaron los padres
la Misi6n de los Dolores de San Francisco. La iglesia que cons-
truyeron los misioneros es el edificio mis antiguo de San
Francisco.
REFLEXIVE VERBS ; THE DEFINITE ARTICLE
05
LESSON 28
SEMI-REGULAR VERBS AND REFLEXIVE VERBS {Continued)-, THE
USE OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IN REFERRING TO PARTS
OF THE BODY. (188, 197, 300-314, 316, 329.)
204. Vocabulary.
alguno, alguna, some, any, some
one
cada, each
cara,/, face
colegio, m., school, boarding
school
comedor, m., dining room
corredor, m., corridor
el cual, los cuales, which, who
cuarto, m., room, quarter
chica,/, little girl, child
dificil, difficult
escuela,/, school
interna,/, boarding pupil
jab6n, m., soap
listo, lista, ready
mano,/., hand
almorzar (A1), to breakfast
almuerzan, they breakfast
banarse, to bathe
barrer, to sweep
desempenar, to perform
lavarse, to wash one's self
levantarse, to arise
limpiar, to clean
medio, media, half
menos, less
miembro, m., member
papel, m., paper
papelera,/., school desk
pedacito, m.9 little piece
peine, m.f comb
polvo, m., dust
propio, propia, same, own
quehaceres, m., duties
sala de aseo,/, lavatory
sala de recreo, recreation room
las siete y diez, ten minutes
after seven
suelo, m., floor
toalla,/, towel
van, they go
peinarse, to comb one's hair
quitar el polvo, to dust
recoger, to pick up
rezar, to pray
sentarse (A1), to seat one's self
servir (Bi1), to serve
vestirse (Bi1), to dress one's
self
1 See 312 and 313.
106 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Morning in a Boarding School
205. — Estas ninas son internas en un colegio.
Se levantan a las seis y van a la sala de aseo
donde se lavan la cara y las manos y se peinan. Cada
una tiene su pedacito de jabdn, su toalla y su
peine propios. Despues de vestidas, rezan.
Para las seis y media estan listas para desempenar
sus quehaceres, los cuales no son muy dificiles.
Unas barren los corredores, otras quitan el polvo de
las papeleras en los cuartos de escuela, y las chicas
recogen los pedacitos de papel, etc., del suelo en la
sala de recreo.
A las siete menos cuarto van al comedor y al-
muerzan. Algunas de las ninas mas grandes sirven
a las chicas en la mesa.
206. Exercises.
1. Read in Spanish, changing these girls to Isabel.
2. Change to we.
207. Review. Oral Drill in Word Forming.
Say in Spanish (see 204) : —
to arise
arising
arisen
I have arisen
I had arisen
to wash
washing
washed
I have washed
I had washed
to pray-
praying
prayed
I have prayed
I had prayed
to dust
dusting
dusted
I have dusted
I had dusted
208. Actions performed on Parts of the Body. Notice
carefully the translation of the words her, his, my, and our
in the following sentences. In speaking of actions per-
formed on parts of the body the word tJie, not the posses-
REFLEXIVE VERBS: THE DEFINITE ARTICLE
I07
sive adjectives my, his, her, your, etc., precedes the part
mentioned.
Luisita se lava la cara.
1.
2. Enriqueta se lava las manos.
3. Margarita se limpia los dientes.
4. Me lave las manos.
5. Me lave el pelo.
6. Nos hemos lavado los ojos.
7. Nos hemos lavado la cara.
8. Guillermito se cort6 el pulgar.
Lulu washes her face.
Henrietta washes her hands.
Margaret cleans her teeth.
I washed my hands.
I washed my hair.
We have washed our eyes.
We have washed our faces.
Willie cut his thumb.
Jennie bathed her feet.
9. Juanita se ban 6 los pies.
Note. — In sentence 7, cara (face) is singular, contrary to English usage
in similar cases. In Spanish, in sentences similar to nos hemos lavado
la cara, the names of parts of the body of which each person has but one (as
face, nose, mouth) are not pluralized.
209. Variations.
1. se levanta
2. me levanto
se levantan
3. se sientan
almuerzan
4. nos sentamos
almorzamos
1. se levantan
2. nos levantamos
3. se visten
se lavan
4. nos vestimos
nos lavamos
I
l A que* hora se levanta Vd., Jos£?
■ Me levanto a las siete menos cuarto.
Los otros miembros de la familia
se levantan a las seis.
I A que* hora se sientan Vds. a la
mesa? <? A que hora almuerzan ?
Nos sentamos a la mesa a las siete y
diez. A Imorzamos a las siete y diez.
II
I A que* hora se levantan Vds., ninos ?
• Nos levantamos a las seis y media.
I A que* hora se visten ? { A que
hora se lavan la cara y las manos ?
Nos vestimos y nos lavamos la cara
y las manos antes de las siete.
io8
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
210. Exercises.
i. In 209, II, change ninos to Luisita.
2. Change I to the aorist (see 319, 6),
LESSON 29
REFLEXIVE VERBS; SEMI-REGULAR VERBS {Continued).
(310-314, 316, 319, 320-324.)
2ii. Vocabulary.
agua,/., water
arroyo, /»., stream
avellana,/, hazel nut
bellota,/., acorn
bolsillo, m., pocket
bosque, m., wood, forest
camino, m., road, way
caiiada,/, valley
a casa, home
ciudad,/, city
a cosa de, at about
a eso de, at about
fresa,/., strawberry
huerto, m.y orchard
media,/., stocking
medio, media, half
212. Some Semi-regular Verbs.
pasto, m.y pasture
praderia,/, meadow
puesta (/.) del sol, sunset
sed,/, thirst
tarde, late
vaca,/, cow
zapato, m.f shoe
dar (irr.), to give
dar un paseo, to take a walk oi
ride
llevar, to take, carry
montar a caballo, ride horse-
back
salir (trr.)t to go out, come
out
acostarse (A),
advertir (B)
atravesar (A)
divertir (B)
dormir (B)
encontrar (A)
sentir (B)
volver (A)
se acuestan
advierten
atraviesan
divierten
duermen
encuentran
sienten
vuelven
to go to bed
to warn, notice
to cross
to amuse
to sleep
to find
to feel
to return
they go to bed
they warn
they cross
they amuse
they sleep
they find
they feel
they return
REFLEXIVE AND SEMI-REGULAR VERBS
IO9
Joe and Albert in the Country
213. — Pepe y Alberto estan pasando ocho dias
en el campo con el primo de este.
Es de ver como se divierten los nifios. Todo el
dia estan fuera de la casa, llevando las vacas al pasto,
ALBERTO SABE MONTAR A CABALLO.
montando a caballo en la Canada d paseandose en el
bosque que esta a cosa de media milla del rancho.
Hoy han salido a dar un paseo en el bosque.
Atraviesan el huerto y la pradena y salen al camino.
Muy pronto se encuentran en el bosque donde se di-
vierten recogiendo avellanas y bellotas. Mas tarde,
como sienten mucha sed, vuelven dun pequeno arroyo
que han pasado no hace mucho y alii se refrescan
HO READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
VAN A LA PESCA.
con sus puras aguas. Despues se quitan
los zapatos y las medias y meten los pies
en el agua.
A eso de las cinco, «=:
Juan, que asise llama
el primo de Alberto,
Cl5sE
advierte a los otros que es hora
de volver a casa. Todos vuelven
a casa, con los bolsillos llenos de
avellanas las que enviaran a los
chicos en la ciudad.
A las seis y media toman la comida y
poco despues se acuestan, Duermen muy
bien.
-V ;
214. Exercise. Read above, changing Joe and Albert to we,
REFLEXIVE AND SEMI-REGULAR VERBS III
215. Vocabulary . — Supplementary.
carro, m., wagon, cart buscar huevos, to look for eggs
cosecha,/., crop ir a pescar, to go fishing
ganado, m.t cattle
segador, m., reaper
siembra,/, sowing, seedtime
216. Variations for Oral Paragraphs.
I
1. se pone Alberto se pone en marcha.
2. atraviesa Atraviesa los campos y sale al camino.
sale
3. se encuentra Muy pronto se encuentra en el bosque.
4. se divierte Se divierte recogiendo fresas.
5. siente Siente sed y vuelve a la cascada para
vuelve refrescarse.
6. advierte La puesta del sol le advierte que es hora
de volver a casa.
II
1. atravesamos Despu^s de ponernos en marcha, atrave-
salimos samos los campos, etc.
etc.
217. Exercises.
1. In I substitute / for Albert (me pongo, etc., / set out;
salgo, I go out; see 355, II, b).
2. Change variation I, beginning with sentence 2 to aorist.
(See 319 b.)
CHAPTER XI
REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTION AS PASSIVE
LESSON 30
THE REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTION AS PASSIVE. (330, 331, 349 )
218. Vocabulary.
alto, alta, high
bahia,/., bay
cristal, m., crystal
faro, m.t lighthouse
isla,/., island
lamina,/., cut, picture
linterna,/., lantern
luego, immediately
luz,/, light
mar, m., sea
marinero, m., mariner
naufragio, m., shipwreck
orilla,/., shore, edge
peligro, pi., danger
tempestad,/, storm
torre,/, tower
unos, unas, Some
aparecer (C),1 to appear
desaparecer (C), to disappear
219. Examples of the Reflexive Passive.
apagar
se apaga
to extinguish
is extinguished
aumentar
se aumenta
to augment
is augmented
colocar
se coloca
to place
is placed
encender (A)
se enciende
to light
is lighted
reconocer
se reconoce
to recognize
is recognized
saber
se sabe
to know
is known
ver (irr.)
se ve
to see
is seen
iSee 317.
112
REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTION AS PASSIVE
113
Lighthouses
220. — Conozco a un hombre que cuida de un faro.
Vive en el y enciende la luz todas las noches. La luz
jamas se apaga durante la noche.
El faro que se representee en la lamina tiene la
forma de una torre. En la parte mas alta hay una
gran linterna que se enciende todas las noches. La
UN FARO EN UNA COSTA ROQUIZA.
luz de esta linterna se aumenta por medio de cristales
y reflect© res y asi se ve a una distancia considerable.
Algunos faros tienen una luz que aparece a inter-
vals de veinte 6 treinta segundos. Cuando se ve
que tal luz aparece y desaparece regularmente se
sabe luego que no es estrella sino una luz artificial.
Hay un faro de esta clase en las islas Farallones,
grupo de islas pequefias a cosa de treinta millas de
READING SPAN. 8
114 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
San Francisco. La luz de las islas Farallones se
reconoce facilmente.
Los faros se colocan por lo general en islas, en la
orilla del mar, y en la margen de los rios y de las
bahias donde hay peligro para los buques. Por
medio de los faros se evitan muchos naufragios.
221. Vocabulary. — Supplementary,
a bordo, on board
pasajero de segunda, ;;z., second-class passenger
remo, m., oar
salvavidas, m., life preserver
tripulantes, m.t members of the crew
222. Variations for Oral Paragraphs.
1. esta situado Este faro estd situado en las islas
Farallones.
2. se enciende La luz se enciende todas las noches.
se apaga La luz no se apaga durante la noche.
4. se ve Se ve a unas veinticinco millas de la
isla.
5. se reconoce Se reconoce facilmente.
1. hay
2. se encienden
II
Hay varias luces en la costa cerca del
Golden Gate.
Estas luces se encienden todas las
noches, etc.
REFLEXIVE CONSTRUCTION AS PASSIVE 115
III
1. hay Hay tempestad. Cierto buque estd
esta en gran peligro de irse a pique.
2. se ha encendido Pero la luz se ha encendido en el faro
han visto y los marineros la han visto,
3. han reconocido La han reconocido.
4. se ha evitado Se ha evitado un naufragio.
223. Suggestions for Oral Review.
1. In what three ways have you seen the word se used? Give
examples. {See 163, 188, 190, 208, and 219.)
2. Say in Spanish : —
a. They close the doors.
The doors are closed at six.
They are closed at six.
Model. Cierran las puertas.
Las puertas se cierran a las seis.
Se cierran a las seis.
b. They see the trains.
The trains are seen every day.
They are seen every day.
c. They open the doors.
The doors are opened at eight
They are opened at eight.
d. They sweep the rooms.
The rooms are swept every day.
They are swept every day.
3. Change a and c to the aorist. {Give Spanish and English?)
CHAPTER XII
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
Algunas Definiciones Geograficas
224. Vocabulary.
aceituna,/., olive higo, m., fig
almendra,/!, almond meseta,/., tableland
alto, high montana,/, mountain
bajo, low montanoso, mountainous
cabo, m.} cape rodeado, surrounded
canal, m.s channel, canal seco, dry, barren
cerro, m., hill sudoeste, m., southwest
estrecho, m., strait valle, m.y valley
225. <[Que* es peninsula? <jQu^ es isla? 1 Han visto Vds.
un cabo?
Es peninsula una extension de tierra rodeada de agua
por todas partes menos una.
Es cabo la extremidad de una tierra que se introduce en
el mar. Algunos cabos son altos y otros son bajos. Los
cabos altos se llaman promontorios.
Es estrecho una porcion de agua que une otras dos mas
grandes. Si es ancho y poco profundo, se llama tambi^n
canal.
Las tierras bajas entre montanas 6 cerros se llaman
valles.
.116
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
11/
iQu6 es valle? iQu& es meseta? <iQue es volcan?
<i Donde esta el mar Mediterraneo ? 1 D6nde esta el estrecho
de Gibraltar?
Espana y Portugal ocupan una peninsula grande que es casi
toda una meseta seca y montanosa. Los valles de los rios y las
tierras bajas de la costa de esta peninsula son muy fertiles y pro-
ducen naranjas, aceitunas, almendras, y higos. El extremo sud-
oeste al oeste del rio Guadalquivir es casi un valle tropical. Se
llama el jardin de Espana.
Direccion
226. ^Por d6nde sale el sol? <jPor d6nde se pone?
El sol sale por el este y se pone por el oeste.
Cuando miramos hacia el norte con la mano derecha en
u8
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
direccion al este y la mano izquierda hacia el oeste, nos
queda a la espalda el sur.
I D6nde esta el sol al mediodia ?
I Saben Vds. lo que es la brujula ?
Es un instrumento pequeno que indica las direcciones
por medio de una aguja magnetica.
8
z
<
7cT
7 TeV
~-X___ pAralel©
1 \^
7 h N \
cancer!
Z
0 N
■CUADOF
A
M
3)
E
UJ
2
V
T
6 F
R
1 D
A
>
o
Co
i ,
"7^7/
tROPicb
DE CAPHICORNff
\ E if p[L
0 \
l.RALELCL
</*
POLO SUR
ZONAS, ECUADOR, MERIDIANOS, PARAT.ELOS, ETC.
ZONAS
227. Vocabulary.
corto, short
crecen, grow
ecuador, m., equator
foca,/, seal
frio, cold
hace calor, it is warm
invierno, m., winter
largo, long
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
119
liquen, m., lichen
mitad,/, half
musgo, m., moss
nieve,/, snow
oso, m.
bear
polo, m., pole
reno, m., reindeer
zona glacial,/., arctic zone
zona templada, /, temperate
zone
228. La parte mas caliente de la tierra se llama zona
torrida. Esta zona esta a los dos lados del ecuador. Las
LA VIDA EN LA ZONA GLACIAL DEL NORTE.
partes mas frias de la tierra, cerca de los polos, se llaman
zonas glaciales. Hay tambien dos zonas templadas, que
estan entre la zona torrida y cada una de las zonas glaciales.
En las zonas templadas hace calor durante la mitad del
ano, y frio durante la otra mitad.
<iD6nde esta la zona torrida? ^Que" es la zona glacial del
norte? iQu£ son las dos zonas Jempladas?
En las zonas glaciales solo hay unas pocas semanas de
calor durante el ano. Esta estacion es tan corta y el in-
vierno es tan largo y frio que los musgos y los liquenes
20 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
ALGUNOS ANIMALES DE LAS ZONAS GLACIALES Y TEMPLADAS:
OSO, LOBO, CAMELLO, ETC.
que crecen en la region artica quedari cubiertos de nieve
durante gran parte del ano.
El oso polar, el reno, y la foca viven en la zona glacial
del norte.
,i Hay alguna vegetaci6n cerca del polo norte ? <i Que" animales
viven en la zona t6rrida?
LOS MOVIMIENTOS DE LA TlERRA
229. Vocabulary,
atraer, to attract girar, to revolve, rotate
bala,/., ball
cielo, m.f sky, heaven
eje, m., axis
espacio, m., space
igualmente, equally
impulsar, to impel
movimiento, m., movement
a pesar de, in spite of
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
121
sacudida,/., shake, jerk
sombra,/., shadow, darkness
sumergido, submerged
en torno, round about
trompo, m., top
velocisimo, very swift
vuelo, m.y flight
vuelta, m., turn, rotation, revo-
lution
230. Los dias y las noches. Nuestra tierra, y con ella
la tierra toda, giran en veinticuatro horas, frente al sol,
ALGUNOS ANIMALES DE LA ZONA TORRIDA : LEON, TIGRE, ELEFANTE,
JIRAFA, ETC.
sobre el eje de la misma tierra, como un trompo sobre su
pie. El lado que el sol bana con su luz tiene dia, mientras
que el lado opuesto, sumergido en la sombra, tiene noche.
231. El movimiento de la tierra al derredor del sol.
Nuestra patria igualmente, y con ella tambien la tierra
122 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
entera, van viajando ademas en torno del sol y dan al de-
rredor de el una gran vuelta cada ano.
La tierra gira al derredor del sol, porque esta impulsada
en el espacio por una gran fuerza invisible y porque al
propio tiempo el sol la atrae. . . .
No sentimos el velocisimo vuelo de nuestra tierra, a
pesar de que es mas rapido que el movimiento de una bala
de canon, porque es uniforme, porque no tiene sacudidas ;
y viajamos sin darnos cuenta de que viajamos, dormidos 6
despiertos, por los caminos del cielo. — Geografia Elemen-
tal de la Republica Mexicana. — Chavez.
Las Razas
232. Vocabulary.
ancho, broad, wide habitaci6n, /., dwelling
aplastado, flattened labio, m., lip
azul, blue lanoso, woolly
boca,/., mouth mejilla,/., cheek
cabello, m.f hair nariz,/., nose
cuadrado, square oblicuo, oblique
cueva,/, cave obscuro, dark, dusky
chata, flat pelo, m., hair
delgado, thin piel,/., skin
deprimido, depressed raiz,/., root, base
f rente,/., forehead rostro, m.y face
genero humano, m.y mankind rubio, fair, golden
grueso, thick salvaje, savage
233. Las tres grandes familias 6 razas de la especie
humana son : la raza negra 6 africana, la raza amarilla 6
mongolica y la raza blanca 6 europea.
La raza negra tiene el pelo negro y lanoso, los
labios gruesos, la nariz chata, la frente deprimida y
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
123
la piel de un color obs-
curo 6 casi negro.
Una gran parte de esta
raza son salvajes y no
tienen otra habitacion
que los arboles y las
cuevas.
La raza amarilla 6
mongolica tiene el pelo
negro y largo, el rostro
ancho y cuadrado, las
mejillas prominentes, los
ojos oblicuos, la nariz
aplastada en la raiz y la
boca grande.
La raza blanca se dis-
tingue por la forma oval
del rostro, el pelo fino, la
piel clara y los labios del-
gados. Solo en esta raza se ven cabellos rubios y ojos azules.
<iCuales son las tres grandes razas del genero humano?
<iC6mo viven los salvajes? ^De que manera viven las personas
civilizadas ?
LOS JAPONESES SON AMARILLOS.
Mexico :
234. Vocabulary.
Camara de Diputados,/, House
of Representatives
confiado, intrusted
conforme a, in accordance with
desaguar, to empty
encomendado, committed
es decir, that is to say
frontera,/., frontier
justicia,/, justice
ministro, m., minister
1 Mexicans spell the name of their country Mexico ; Castilians use j instead of
x : Mejico.
I24
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Ministro de Instrucci6n Pdblica,
Minister of Public Instruction
Ministro de Relaciones Exterio-
res, Minister of Foreign Re-
lations
Ministro de Guerra, Minister of
War
oriental, eastern
pico, m., peak
poder, m., power
radicar, to take root, be in
rio Bravo del Norte, m., Rio
Grande
Suprema Corte, /., Supreme
Court
votar, to vote
235. <jQue pais esta al norte de Mexico? <{Qu6 oceano hay
al oeste? <[Que golfo al este? <;D6nde esta la peninsula de
Yucatan? <i La peninsula de la Baja California? 1 Que rio separa
a Mexico de los Estados Unidos? <jD6nde desagua el rio Bravo
del Norte? <iCuales son los estados de la frontera?
<iD6nde esta la Sierra Madre Oriental? <jCual es el pico mas
elevado de esta cordillera? <iD6nde esta el pico de Orizaba?
,i D6nde esta el famoso volcan del Popocatepetl ?
EL VOLCAN DE POPOCATEPETL
236. Gobierno. La ley general de Mexico es la Consti-
tution politica promulgada el 5 de febrero de 1857. Con-
SUPPLEMENTARY READING 1 25
forme a ella el gobierno es republicano, democratico, y
federal.
El gobierno esta confiado a tres poderes : Legislativo,
Ejecutivo, y Judicial. Todos los ciudadanos pueden votar
y ser votados en las elecciones.
El Poder Legislativo Federal reside en el Congreso de la
Union, constituido por la Camara de Diputados y por la de
Senadores. Este poder hace las leyes generales.
El Poder Ejecutivo esta encomendado al Presidente de
la Republica. El Presidente y sus Ministros — los Minis-
tros de Instruccion Piiblica, de Relaciones Exteriores, de
Guerra, etc. — ejecutan las leyes.
El Poder Judicial radica en la Suprema Corte de Jus-
ticia.
Estos tres poderes residen en la capital de la Republica,
es decir, en la ciudad de Meorico.
237. Vocabulary.
componer, to compose of a Spaniard or Creole and a
depender, to depend native Indian
descendiente, m., descendant mineria,/., mining
idioma, m., language origen, m., origin, lineage, ex-
indigena, m. andf.y native traction
lengua,/., language poblaci6n,/., population
libre, free poblador, m., settler
mestizo, in., mestizo, the child pueblo, m., people, nation
238. Division Politica. La Republica Mexicana consta
de veintisiete Estados, tres Territorios y el Distrito Fede-
ral. Los Estados son libres e independientes en lo que
concierne a su gobierno interior ; los Territorios y el Dis-
trito no. El gobierno y administration de £stos dependen
del Gobierno Federal.
126 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Habitantes. Idioma. La poblacion se compone de
blancos de origen europeo, indigenas 6 descendientes de
los antiguos pobladores de las tierras mexicanas, y mestizos.
Los blancos, los mestizos y casi toda la poblacion indigena
hablan el castellano. Los indios hablan ademas muchas
de las lenguas de los pueblos antiguos.
Ocupaciones. Las principales ocupaciones de los habi-
tantes del pais son : la agricultura, la minen'a, la industria
FUNDICION DE COBRE.
manufacturer y el comercio. El mayor numero de los
habitantes se dedican a las dos primeras.
Que es la Republica Mexicana
239. Vocabulary,
barranca,/, gorge, ravine doloroso, sorrowful
conquistar, to conquer
construir, to construct
erguida, lofty
estuvo, was
SUPPLEMENTARY READING 1 27
hondo, deep respetar, to respect
incansable, untiring siglo, m., century
libertar, to free valiente, brave
miedo, m., fear vinieron, came
nacer, to be born virtuoso, virtuous
240. La Republica Mexicana es esta querida tierra en
que nacimos : tiene erguidas montanas y hondas barrancas ;
hay en ella inmensos llanos y volcanes cuya cumbre estd
cubierta de nieve.-
La Republica Mexicana estuvo habitada hace muchfsimos
anos por valientes indios que habi'an construido una hermosa
ciudad llamada Mexico ; los Espanoles vinieron a conquis-
tarla ; un indio sin miedo, un gran patriota, Cuauhtemoc, la
defendio con incansable resolution. Nuestra patria vivio
despues dominada, tres largos y dolorosos siglos, por los
conquistadores ; mas al fin un hombre virtuoso y decidido,
Hidalgo, la liberto.
Todos los Mexicanos nos sentimos unidos por los mismos
recuerdos ; todos amamos a Cuauhtemoc y a Hidalgo ; todos
deseamos que viva Mexico y hemos de ser buenos para que
nuestra tierra sea respetada. — Geografia Elemental de la
Republica Mexicana. — Chavez.
241. Vocabulary.
aduana,/, customhouse frontera,/., frontier
alambre,/., wire fronteriza, adj., frontier
bulto, m., package por medio de, by means of
despacho, m., sending, dispatch mensaje, m., message
estampilla (Amer.),/., postage poblaci6n, /., town
stamp sucursal,/., branch
exigir, to exact, require al travSs de, through
128 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
242. La Aduana de Mexico esta al norte de la ciudad de
Mexico y es una de las mas importantes del pais por su
position central. Hay ademas una aduana en cada una de
los puertos principales de nuestras costas y en cada una de
las ciudades fronterizas al traves de las que pasan caminos
que conducen a otros paises. Una de las mas importantes
aduanas de la fronteracon los Estados Unidos de America
se encuentra en Ciudad Juarez.
La Direction General de Correos esta en la ciudad de
Mexico. Tiene establecidas sucursales en todas las pobla-
ciones de la Repiiblica. A ellas manda y de ellas recibe
sin cesar cartas y bultos postales, para cuyo despacho sola-
mente exige que se pongan las estampillas necesarias. La
Direction General de Correos esta relacionada tambien con
todas las oficinas de correos de la tierra.
Todas las poblaciones de la Repiiblica Mexicana se en-
cuentran unidas con la Direction General de Telegrafos por
medio de alambres. Al traves de £stos la electricidad con-
duce sin cesar mensajes. — Adapted from Chdvez's Geo-
grafia Elemental de la Republica Mexicana.
America del Sur
243. Vocabula*y.
altura,/., height, elevation hace frio, it is cold
brasileno, Brazilian lancha,/, boat, launch
ecuador, m., equator roca,/., rock
fuego, m., fire unir, to unite
244. <iD6nde esta el cabo de Hornos? <:D6nde esta el istmo
de Panama? 1 Que" cabo hay en la costa oriental de Sud America?
^Que golfos hay en la costa occidental?
(jQue" cordillera recorre la parte occidental de Sud America?
^D6nde estl el sistema de montanas brasileno? <iD6nde esta el
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
I29
sistema de montanas de la Guayana? ^Cual de los tres sistemas
es mas alto? <iCual es mas largo?
245. El istmo de Panama une la America del Sur a la
America del Norte. Panama y Colon son dos puertos de
mar del istmo. Son los terminos del gran canal interoce-
anico de Panama. <? En que costa esta Colon ?
El cabo de Homos es un inmenso con junto de rocas. Es
el punto mas meridional de la America del Sur.
. La Tierra del Fuego es una isla grande. El estrecho de
Magallanes esta entre esta isla y el continente.
^C6mo pasan los buques de un oc£ano al otro? <iD6nde esta
el estrecho de Magallanes ?
246. <iD6nde esta el lago Titicaca? tjQue4 pais se halla en la
parte mas ancha de los Andes ? <i Que* paises de los Andes estan
LOS PICOS DE LOS ANDES ESTAN CUBIERTOS DE NIEVE.
READING SPAN. — 9
130 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
cruzados por el ecuador? iQu€ pais esta al sur del Ecuador?
,iD6nde esta Chile?
<iCual es el idioma nacional en el Peru? <iEn Chile? <{En la
Argentina?
247. Los Andes son tan elevados que hasta en la zona
torrida sus mesetas son deliciosamente frescas. Los picos
de las montanas estan siempre cubiertos de nieve. { Hace
frio en los Andes ?
Hay muchos lagos pequenos en los Andes. El mayor
de ellos es el lago Titicaca, situado en una meseta que
tiene una altura de casi 4000 metros. Es navegable para
las lanchas de vapor.
248. Vocabulary.
bosque, m.} forest mundo, m*, world
caoba,^, mahogany tree nuez,/., nut
caucho, m., India rubber palma,/., palm
culebra, /., snake papagayo, m., parrot
desembocadura, f.9 mouth of 1 quisieran Vds. ? should you like?
a river. litil, useful
espeso, thick, dense variedad,/., variety
mono, m.y monkey
249. <iCual es el pais mas grande de Sud America? ^Cual es
la capital del Brasil?
iQue gran rio se halla en el Brasil? ,iCual es mds largo, el rio
Amazonas 6 el Orinoco? <?Que parte del Brasil esta atravesada
por el rio Amazonas? <iCual es uno de los tributarios del Ama-
zonas en el norte ? <j Cual es el mayor de sus tributarios en el
sur ? 4 Que puerto de mar hay cerca de la desembocadura del
Amazonas ?
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
131
' 1 WJ^ WSik ~~7f^SWk
•JliJP
H **■
SELVAS DE LA AMERICA DEL SUR.
250. Las extensas llanuras del Amazonas se llaman
selvas. Estan cu-
biertos de los mas
espesos y mayores
bosques del mundo.
Todas las plantas
tropicales de la Ame-
rica del Sur se en-
cuentran con mas
abundancia en estas
selvas. Hay mas
de trescientas varie-
dades de palmas y
muchos arboles utiles
tales como la caoba,
el arbol del caucho recogiendo el jugo de la goma elastica.
132 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
y el arbol grande que produce la famosa nuez del
Brasil.
Tambien se encuentran innumerables animales en estos
bosques. Hay cocodrilos, inmensas culebras, papagayos
grandes y pequenos y mas de cuarenta especies de monos.
I Quisieran Vds. subir el rio Amazonas ? <* Por que* ?
<iPara que sirve la caoba? <iDe qu£ se hacen los zapatos im-
permeables?
Los Agricultores de Mexico.
251. Vocabulary.
agricultor, m., tiller of the soil jugo, m., sap, juice
atole, m., corn meal mush juguete, m., plaything
cacao, m., chocolate tree maiz, m., maize, Indian corn
cafeto, m., coffee tree metate, m., Mex.y stone for
cazuela,/., earthen stewpan grinding corn, etc.
chile,/., red pepper olla,/, earthen vessel
goma,/, gum techo, m., roof
hule, m., India rubber tortilla,/, sort of pancake
impermeable, waterproof trigo, m., wheat
jornal, m., day's wages
252. La mayor parte de los habitantes de Mexico son
agricultores. Viven lejos de las ciudades, en los campos,
en jacales de paredes ligeras y de techo inclinado. En las
mananas, cuando los pajaros empiezan a despertar, abren
los agricultores las puertas de sus jacales y salen a labrar
la tierra.
Los duenos de los campos les pagan jornales y con ellos
los agricultores compran mafz, frijoles, y chile. Las mu-
jeres de los agricultores muelen en los jacales el mafz, en
metates. Hacen tortillas y tambi&i, con el mafz y con agua,
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
133
atole ; y llevan a los agricultores, en cazuelas y ollas, en
canastas, las tortillas, los frijoles, el atole y el chile, que
toman todos juntos a la sombra de algun arbol a mediodia.
Los agricultores siembran en todos los estados de Mexico
granos de maiz, y en la mayoria de los mismos estados, en
tierras que no son demasiado calientes, granos de trigo.
tau& Afinyi
Vs i-^
UN CAFETAL.
En las regiones semi-calidas, cultivan los arbustos de rojos
y pequenos frutos, los cafetos. Mas abajo, en tierras aun
mas calientes, cultivan el cacao y la vainilla. El cafe, el
cacao y la vainilla de Mexico figuran entre los mejores del
mundo.
Igualmente en las tierras calientes crecen los arboles del
hule, del caucho, cuyo jugo los agricultores extraen para
enviarlo luego a otros paises. En estos paises, en fabricas,
hacen con el pelotas, juguetes, tubos, zapatos, trajes imper-
meables, gomas para borr^r y otra multitud de objetos.
134
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
RECOLECCION DE LA VAINILLA.
<iQu6 significa jacal ? <:En que" parte de Mexico se cultiva el
cafeto? <iEl cacao? <iPara que sirve el caucho? <iQu£ son
trajes impermeables? — Adapted from Chavez's Geografla Ele-
mental de la Republica Mexicana.
253.
Cuernavaca, 28 de junio de 1912.
Mi muy querida amiga, —
S6 que le dara gusto saber de nuestra excursion a Cuer-
navaca.
Es verdaderamente encantador el lugar. Ya visitamos
el famoso Jardin Borda de Carlota, la esposa de Maxi-
miliano, y la hacienda de Cortes. Tambien hemos estado
en San Antonio, pueblo no muy lejos de Cuernavaca, y alii
hemos comprado algunas lozas de una clase muy especial.
Le mando con £sta algunas vistas del Jardin y de la ha-
cienda.
Espero que este Vd. bien y que tenga yo el gusto de
SUPPLEMENTARY READING 1 35
saber de Vd. a nuestra vuelta a Mexico. Le doy mil cari-
nosos recuerdos de todos, y le suplico que salude a toda la
familia de mi parte.
Vd. sabe cuanto la quiere su amiga,
Dolores Castro.
Anuncios
254. TARJETAS POSTALES. Aconsejamos a todos
los revendedores de este articulo, no hagan sus compras de
tarjetas, propias para felicitaciones de Pascua y ano nuevo,
hasta ver el catalogo que a primeros de noviembre publi-
cara la casa
255. POSTALES AL POR MAYOR. PRECIOS
VENTAJOSISIMOS. Se remite catalogo.
ULTIMA NOVEDAD EN COLECCIONES ES-
PANOLAS Y EXTRANJERAS. Sueltas desde cinco
ce^ntimos.
256. A las personas que lo soliciten, son enviadas franco
las muestras de todos los tejidos de que se componen nues-
tros inmensos surtidos en SEDERIAS, LANILLAS,
PANERIAS, INDIANAS, TELAS DE HILO, ALGO-
DONES BLANCOS, ETC. Les rogamos se sirvan in-
dicarnos bien las clases y precios.
EL LEON. GRAN BAZAR DE ROPAS HECHAS
Y GENERO PARA LA MEDIDA. ULTIMAS NO-
VEDADES DE CADA TEMPORADA. PRECIO
FIJO.
257. EL JABON DE NO TIENE RIVAL
NI SUSTITUTO para la limpieza del cuerpo. El cutis
136
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
adquiere con su empleo FRESCURA, SUAVIDAD Y
TRANSPARENCIA. Es el mejor producto que existe
para realzar y conservar la belleza.
PRECIO : tres pesetas la caja de tres pastillas.
De venta en las principales droguerias.
jTENGA USTED MUY BUENOS DIAS !
258. Bendita sea la luz del dia
Y el Senor que nos la envfa.
Tenga usted muy buenos dias.
259.
Soy animal que via jo
De manana a cuatro pies,
A mediodia con dos,
Y por la tarde con tres.
(El hombre.)
260.
La mujer chiquitita
Es un regalo :
Mas vale poco y bueno
Que mucho y malo.-
261.
Cuando tenia dinero,
Me llamaban don Tomas ;
Y ahora que no lo tengo,
Me llaman Tomas, no mas.
262.
Las cositas de este mundo
Muchos las toman a pecho ;
Yo las tomo con la mano
Y a la espalda me las echo.
263.
Rfo arriba, rfo arriba,
Nunca el agua subira ;
Que en el mundo rfo abajo,
Rio abajo todo va.
264.
La Nochebuena se viene,
La Nochebuena se va,
Y nosotros nos iremos
Y no volveremos jamas.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
137
265.
No me gusta el rigodon
Ni la galop ni la polka ;
Como soy aragon£s,
Solo me gusta la jota.
267.
Si quieres que yo te quiera,
Ha de ser con condici6n
Que lo tuyo ha de ser mfo
Y lo mio tuyo no.
266.
Quiero can tar ahora
Que tengo gana,
Por si acaso me toca
Llorar mafiana.
268.
^ No es una gran tonterfa
El estar siempre penando,
Pudtendose divertir
Una vez de cuando en
cuando ?
Cantos Populares Espanoles
(Francisco Rodriguez Marfn).
Proverbios y Frases Famiuares
269.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mas vale tarde que nunca.
Mas vale mafia que fuerza.
La mejor salsa del mundo es el hambre.
Quien da presto da dos veces. {He gives twice who
gives in a trice?)
5. A quien madruga, Dios le ayuda.
6. Estas son tortas y pan pintado. ( There is worse to
come?)
7. Del arbol cafdo todos hacen leila.
8. Mientras en mi casa estoy, rey me soy.
9. Bueno es vivir para ver. (Live and learn.)
10. El pan comido y la companfa deshecha. {Eaten
bread is soon forgotten.}
11 Ni es carne ni pescado.
138 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
12. Quien come la carne, que roa el hueso. {They that
dznce must pay the piper.)
13. No se hacen tortillas sin romper huevos.
14. Quien siempre miente nunca engana. {The liar is
never believed?)
15. Quien todo lo quiere, todo lo pierde. {Grasp all,
lose all.)
16. De la mano a la boca ( There's many a slip 'twixt
Pierde uno la sopa. the cup and the lip.)
17. Se acuesta con las gallinas.
18. Aunque se vista de seda la mona, mona se queda.
19. Ahora es Pepe el que llora.
20. Genio y figura hasta la sepultura.
21. Nadar, nadar y a la orilla ahogar.
Anuncio de Casamiento
270. Jose" Garcfa Ricardo Pereda y Sra.
participa a Vd. participan a Vds.
el proximo enlace de su hija el pr6ximo enlace de su hijo
Maria Josef a Ricardo
con el Senor Don con la Senorita
Ricardo Pereda (h.). Maria Josef a Garc/a.
Sevilla, Enero de 19 10. Cadiz, Enero de 191 o.
COLLATERAL STUDY
LESSONS 1-6
The following verbs are grouped together here; first, for
convenience of reference, and second, in order to emphasize the
difference in their use. They should, however, be studied one at
a time in connection with Lessons i, J, /, and 18, respectively.
HAS, HAVE
271. Tener, to have, is used to express possession.
tengo I have
tiene has ; he, she, or it has ; you l (sing.) have
tenemos we have
tienen have ; they or you ' (j>lur.) have
272. Haber, to have, is used mainly in connection with
past participles to express completed action.
he I have
ha has ; he, she, or it has ; you ' (sing.) have
hemos we have
ban have ; they or you * (plur.) have
BE, AM, IS, ARE
273. Estar, to be, is used to express location, condition,
and progressive action.
1 To avoid ambiguity or discourtesy, usted and ustedes (you) must generally
accompany the verb: usted tiene, you have (sing.) ; ustedes tienen, you have
<J>lur.).
130
140 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
estoy 1 am
esta is ; he, she, or it is ; you l {sing.') are
estamos we are
estan are ; they or you 1 \J>lur.) are
274. Ser, to be, is used to express nationality, occupa-
tion, definition, origin, essential characteristic, time, and
with a past participle, action. Do not use ser with the
gerund.
soy I am
es is ; he, she, or it is ; you * (sing.) are
somos we are
son are ; they or you 1 (plur.) are
NOUNS AND ARTICLES
275. The Articles.
Masculine
Singular el
Plural los
Singular uno, un
Examples : —
el caballero the gentleman
los caballeros the gentlemen
un caballero a gentleman
el mes the month
los meses the months
un huevo an egg
Feminine
la the
las the
una a, an, one
la senora the lady
las seiioras the ladies
una senora a or one lady
la semana the week
las semanas the weeks
una naranja an or one orange
276. a. Number.
1. Most nouns ending in the vowels a, e, i, 0, or u form
the plural by adding s.
See note on previous page.
COLLATERAL STUDY
141
2. Nouns ending in a consonant form the plural by
adding es.
Examples: —
ojo
ojos
eye
dedo
dedos
finger
pie
pies
foot
pulgar
pulgares
thumb
comedor
comedores
dining room
mes
meses
month
tenedor
tenedores
fork
b. Gender.
1. Most nouns1 ending in 0 are masculine (ll b).
2. Most nouns l ending in a are feminine (ll g).
3. Nouns l ending in dad, tad, and ion are feminine (11
h and z).
Examples : —
el carpintero the carpenter
el Congreso Congress
el dedo the finger
el piano
un fon6grafo
un ano
the piano
a phonograph
a year
la hermana the sister
la docena the dozen
la pera the pear
la ciudad the city
una naci6n a nation
la libertad liberty
Directions. 1. Learn rules 1, 2, and 3 of this section.
2. Notice when reading which words are accompanied by un,
el, or los, and which by una, la, or las. A little observation of this
kind will soon teach you the gender of many nouns.
277. Del, Al.
del
al
of the, from the
to the, at the
115.
142 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Del and al are contractions of de el and a el and are
therefore used before masculine singular nouns only. Com
pare : —
el piano del nino the boy's piano or the piano of the boy.
el piano de los ninos the boys' piano or the piano of the boys,
el piano de la nina the girl's piano.
Alberto esta, sentado Albert is seated at the piano.
al piano.
Alberto esta sentado Albert is seated at the table.
a la mesa.
Observe that where you might expect de el nino, the two words
are contracted thus : de // = del. In like manner a el is always
contracted to al : a // = al.
GENDER AND NUMBER IN ADJECTIVES
278. {a) Compare the following : —
Masculine
muchacho pequeno small boy
muchachos pequenos small boys
sombrero pequeno small hat
sombreros pequenos small hats
Feminine
muchacha pequena small girl
muchachas pequenas small girls
mesas pequenas small tables
Adjectives that, like pequeno, end in o in the masculine
singular, end in a in the feminine singular and add s for
the plural. These constitute the most numerous class of
adjectives.
(J?) Compare: —
Masculine Feminine
muchacho grande large boy muchacha grande large girl
muchachos grandes large boys muchachas grandes large girls
COLLATERAL STUDY
143
The greater number of adjectives that, like grande, do
not end in 0 in the masculine singular, have the same form
in both genders.
' (c) Additional examples :
' —
Masculine
Feminine
Sing.
Plur.
Sing. Plur.
bianco
blancos
blanca blancas
white
corto
cortos
corta cortas
short
puro
puros
pura puras
pure
principal
principales
{same as masculine)
principal
descortes
descorteses
(same as masculine)
discourteous
enorme
enormes
(same as masculine)
enormous
sutil
sutiles
(same as masculine)
subtle
279. Adjectives of nationality that end in a consonant
in the masculine singular are exemplified below. Compare
them with b in 278.
Sing.
ingles
aleman
frances
japones
espanol
Masculine
Plur.
ingleses
ale manes
franceses
japoneses
espaiioles
Feminine
Sing. Plur.
inglesa inglesas
alemana alemanas
francesa francesas
japonesa
espanola
japonesas
espanolas
GERUNDS
280. The Spanish present participle is no longer used
as a part of the verb. It is replaced by another verb form
called the gerund. Ando for ar verbs and iendo for er and
ir verbs are the endings of the gerunds of nearly all Span-
ish verbs, regular and irregular. The English equivalent
of the Spanish gerund ending is ing. i
144
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Examples (see also 305) : —
Infinitive Gerund
comprar comprando
comer comiendo
partir
partiendo
Infinitive
Gerund
to buy
buying
to eat
eating
to set out setting out
281. The gerund is used with estar and its forms, not
with ser.
Examples : —
Estoy comiendo una naranja.
Los ninos estan jugando.
I am eating an orange.
The children are playing.
LESSONS 7-10
SUBJECT PRONOUNS
Some of the sections devoted to grammar are intended for the use of those
who have not the aid of a teacher. It is preferable, in general, that the facts, prin-
ciples, etc., that they state be learned by imitating the text of the reading lessons
when translating the English exercises.
282. The following are the only subject pronouns that
the beginner is expected to use while studying this
book : —
1st person1 yo I
3d person el he, it
3d person ella she, it
, 3d person 2 usted (Vd.) 8 you
1 See 23.
2 The pronoun tu, which means thou, you, is used in familiar style, as in speak-
ing to children, and also in several other ways. The pupil need not learn to ase
it, at least for some time. Usted (plural, ustedes) is the conventional form of
address, and the one the pupil must learn to use. Therefore, excepting in one or
two selections for supplementary reading, only the pronouns and verb forms of the
conventional style have been used in this text.
8 Usted is a contraction of vuestra merced, your worship, and is, therefore, of
the third, not of the second person.
Singular
Plural
COLLATERAL STUDY 145
ist person nosotros (masr) we
ist person nosotras (fern.') we
3d person ellos (mase.) they
3d person ellas (Jem.) they
3d person l ustedes (Vds.)2 you
283. In Spanish the subject pronouns, I, he, she, it, we,
they, are generally not used with verb forms ; for they are
implied in the endings of the latter.
Examples: —
estan they are (273 and 294)
estamos we are
284. The subject pronouns are expressed when neces-
sary to give ernphasis or to avoid ambiguity.
Examples : —
El esta aqui, pero ella ha salido. He is here, but she has gone out.
i Cansada ! yo no estoy can- Tired ! / am not tired.
sada.
I Tienen Maria y Jose naranjas ? Have Mary and Joseph oranges ?
Ella tiene una naranja. She has one orange.
285. Usted and ustedes (abbreviated V. or Vd. and VV.
or Vds. respectively) are not often omitted, for they are
generally necessary to avoid two faults ; namely, ambiguity
and discourtesy. These pronouns are sometimes omitted
in very short sentences and, unless needed to prevent a
double meaning, usually appear but once in other sen-
tences.
1 See note 2 on previous page. a See note 3 on previous page.
READING SPAN. IO
I46 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
286.
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
mi my
su his, her, its, their, sometimes your 1
nuestro our
Direction. Change 0 to a for
plural.
the feminine; add 8 for the
Examples : —
Singula*
mi casa
su tren
su tren
su hermana
su hermana
su amigo
nuestro teatro
nuestra casa
Plural
mis casas
sus trenes
sus trenes
sus hermanas
sus hermanas
sus amigos
nuestros teatros
nuestras casas
Singular
my house
his train
their train
her sister
his sister
their friend
our theater
our house
Plural
my houses
his trains
their trains
her sisters
his sisters
their friends
our theaters
our houses
287. As su and sus have so many meanings (namely,
his, her, its, their, four), they would, if used in certain ways,
be ambiguous. In such cases the difficulty is overcome by
using the following : —
el ... de 41 his
el . . . de ella her
el . . . de ellos their, etc
Examples : —
el teleTono de ella her telephone
los autom6viles de ellos their automobiles
1 Your is not always to be translated by su, sus. The Spanish equivalents of
your are discussed in 301 and 302.
COLLATERAL STUDY
147
DEMONSTRATIVES
288. Este, Ese, Aquel.
Singular
Masc. Fern.
este esta
ese esa
aquel aquella
this
that
Plural
Masc. Fern.
estos estas
esos esas 1
aquellos aquellas
these
J those
289. Ese, esos, esa, esas, refer to objects near the person
spoke?i to. Aquel, aquellos, etc., refer to objects more or less
distant both from the speaker and the person spoken to. The
word that must be used to translate both ese and aquel into
English.
Examples : —
1. Ese disco de Calve" que tiene
Vd. en la mano es exce-
lente.
2. ^Ve Vd. aquella casa en la
colina ?
3. 4 Que" clase de pluma es 6sa
que tiene Vd., Tomas?
4. Aquel objeto colgado en la
pared es el reloj.
That record of Calves that you
have in your hand is excel-
lent.
Do you see that house on the
hill?
What kind of pen is that one
that you have, Thomas?
That object hanging on the
wall is the clock.
Remarks, i . Este, esta, estos, and estas also mean the latter, and aquel,
aquella, etc., mean the former.
2. The various forms of este, ese, and aquel given above are accented
when used ivithout the word to which they refer ; that is, when used as pronouns.
Find examples in 80-83.
LESSONS 11-16
290. A, the sign of the Personal Direct Object.
Compare : —
1. Alberto ve 4 mi hermano, el Albert sees my brother, the
aeronauta. aeronaut.
3. Alberto ve el globo. Albert sees the balloon.
148 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Note that a in 1 above is not translated. It may be
termed the sign of the personal object.
In general, if the direct object of a verb is a word repre-
senting a known person or an intelligent animal, it must be
preceded by a. The word a used in this way is never to be
translated. It is simply a clever and forceful indicator of
the relation between certain parts of the sentence.
Additional Examples ; —
1. Alberto avisa al aeronauta de Albert warns the aeronaut of
su peligro. his danger.
2. El aeronauta llama a su asis- The aeronaut calls his assistant,
tente, ye*ste sujeta el globo and the latter fastens the bal-
de nuevo con otra soga loon again with another thicker
mas gruesa. rope.
3. Paquita paga al frutero. Fannie pays the fruitman.
Exercise. Use each expression in 39 in a sentence, making
the object of the verb in each a person.
291. Some useful Objective Pronouns {introductory).
j masculine le, lo him, it
[feminine la her, it
{masculine los them
feminine las them
Plural
202. Observe that the objective pronouns follow the
infinitives but precede the other verb forms used below.
a.
1. Paquita compra una sandia. Fannie buys a watermelon.
2. Paquita la compra. Fannie buys it
3. Paquita no la compra. Fannie doesn't buy it.1
4. La senora Wilson compra un Mrs. Wilson buys a salmon.
salm6n.
l See 295.
COLLATERAL STUDY 1 49
5. No lo compra. She doesn't buy it
6. i Compra ella pescado? Does she buy fish?1
7. <iNo lo compra? Doesn't she buy it?
8. <i No lo lleva a casa? Doesn't she carry it home?
b. Compare : —
1. Isabel quiere comprar esta Isabel wants to buy this trout.
trucha.
2. Isabel quiere comprarla. Isabel wants to buy it.
3. Quiere comprar estas sar- She wants to buy these sar-
dinas. dines.
4. Quiere comprarlas. She wants to buy them.
5. Las compra. She buys them.
THE PRESENT TENSE INDICATIVE OF REGULAR
VERBS
Verbs ending in ar in the Infinitive.
293. a. Infinitive, comprar, to buy
f 1st per. compro I buy
Singular \j d per^ compra buys; he, she, or it buys; you* buy
Plural I lst Per- compramos we buy
\jd per. compran buy ; they or you buy
b. Note that compr, of the infinitive comprar, is the
stem of the verb, and that ar is the infinitive ending. Note
also the endings : —
SmpOar\tStpenm °
{3d person a
„, , f 1st person amos
Plural i /"
[ ja person an
l See 295.
* The pronouns and verb forms of the second person (the familiar style of ad-
dress) are omitted. In conventional style the third person replaces the second
(282, notes).
150 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
These endings are used with all regular verbs that end
in ar in the infinitive (20).
294. Observe that mos, as a verb ending, always means
we.
Examples ; tenemos, estamos, pagamos, mean, we have, we are,
and we pay, respectively.
Negative, Interrogative, and Emphatic Sentences
295. Caution. Do, does, did, don't, etc., are often not
translated. Note the following sentences : —
^Compra usted carne? (Kt, Buy you meat?) Do you buy meat?
I Compra ella pescadd ? (lit., Buys she fish ?) Does she buy fish ?
No llevo la leche acasa. I don't carry the milk home.
Verbs Ending in er and ir in the Infinitive
296. Infinitive, comer, to eat
1st per. c6mo I eat
1 3d per. come eats ; he, she, or it eats ; you eat
1, , \ 1st per. comemos we eat
Plural ,\ ,,
[ 3d per. comen eat ; they or you eat
Note that com, of the infinitive comer, is the stem of the
verb, and that er is the infinitive ending. The endings are
0, e, emos, and en.
297. Infinitive> vivir, to live
( 1st per, vivo I live
bingu ar^jjpert vive lives; he, she, or it lives; you live
j 1st per. vivimos we live
[jdper. viven live; they or you live
298. Spanish verbs are said to be of the first, second, or
third conjugations, respectively, according as their infini-
COLLATERAL STUDY
151
tives end in ar, er, or ir. The following are models of the
present tense indicative of the three conjugations: —
comprar
comer vivir
compro
c6mo vivo
compra
come vive
compramos
comemos vivimos
compran
comen viven
7he endings of the above verbs are as folio
ar er ir
to . . .
000
I,..
a e e
he, she, or it ; you (sing.)
amos emos imos we . . .
an en en
they or you (plur.) . . .
Note that a is characteristic of the ar verbs, and that,
disregarding the ending imos, e may be said to be charac-
teristic bf the er and ir verbs. Verbs that end in er
and ir are so much alike that they may be considered
together. The single difference seen above, namely,
emos, imos, is the only one that occurs among those
endings that the pupil will need to use in speaking and
writing (282, footnote 2).
300. The endings given in 299 are used with all regular
verbs.
Examples : —
Infinitive
Singular
Plural
(«)
1st per.
3dper>
1st per.
3d**r.
llegar to arrive
Uego
llega
llegamos
llegan
llevar to carry.
llevo
lleva
llevamos
llevan
pagar to pay
pago
paga
pagamos
pagan
152
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
creer
to believe
creo
cree
creemos
creen
vender
to sell vendo
vende
vendemos
venden
recoger
to gather recqjo *
recoge
recogemos
recogen
(<)
escribir a
to write escribo
escribe
escribimos
escriben
recibir
to receive recibo
recibe
recibimos
reciben
THE POSSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE YOUR
-
301.
W el
. . . deVd.
el ..
. de Vds.
«
los
la
. . . de Vd.
. . . de Vd.
your
los . .
la ..
. de Vds.
. de Vds.
your
las
. . . de Vd.
las . .
. de Vds.
(b) su
sus
. . . your
. . . your
sing, and plur.
302 . Compare : —
1. <[ Tiene Vd. su sombrero?
2. 1 Qui£n tiene el sombrero de Vd. ?
Have you your hat ?
Who has your hat?
Su is used in 1 above to avoid repeating the word usted
(285). When, as in 2, usted has not previously appeared in
the sentence, courtesy usually requires that the longer form,
el . . . de Vd., be used.
Additional examples : —
1 . 1 Cuales son las flores de Vd.,
Juanita?
?. 1 Tiene Vd. muchas rosas en
su jardin?
Which are your flowers, Jennie?
Have you many roses in your
garden ?
1 For the spelling of recojo, see 346, 4.
2 Escribir is irregular in the past participle.
COLLATERAL STUDY 1 53
3. <iTiene el papa de Vd. una Has your papa a ranch?
hacienda?
4. Vd. da el dinero a su her- You givo the money to your
mano. brother.
LESSONS 17-23
THE PAST PARTICIPLE
303. The past participle is a verb form, but it Is often
used as an adjective (18 and 19). Its principal use is in
connection with forms of to be and to have.
Ado for ar verbs and ido for er and ir verbs are the
endings for all regular past participles. The equivalent
English past participle endings are d, ed, i3 or en.
Examples : —
Infinitive
Past Participle
comprar
comprado
to buy
bought
comer
comido
to eat
eaten
partir
partido
to set out
set out
304. Examples of estar used with past participles : — <
Las patatas estan preparadas. The potatoes are prepared.
La senora Oviedo esta sentada. Mrs. Oviedo is seated.
El senor Oviedo esta sentado. Mr. Oviedo is seated.
Los cuchillos estan colocados The knives are placed on the
en la mesa. table.
305. List containing some of the Past Participles and
Gerunds used in the Reading Lessons
Infinitive Gerund Past Participle
(«)
lavar
lavando
lavado
to wash
washing
washed
tocar
tocando
tocado
to play
{music)
playing
played
*54
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Infinitive
Gerund Past Participlb
(a)
jugar
jugando
jugado
to play
(games)
playing
played
bailar
bailando
bailado
to dance
dancing
danced
dar
dando
dado
to give
giving
given
hablar
hablando
hablado
to speak
speaking
spoken
comprar
comprando
comprado
to buy
buying
bought
cerrar
cerrando
cerrado
to close
closing
closed
colocar
colocando
colocado
to place
placing
placed
preparar
preparando
preparado
to prepare
preparing
prepared
(*>
recoger
recogiendo
recogido
to gather
gathering
gathered
correr
corriendo
corrido
to run
running
run
hacer
haciendo
hecho (irr.)
to make
making
made
ser
siendo
sido
to be
being
been
leer
leyendo 1
leido
to read
reading
read
traer
trayendo 1
traido
to bring
bringing
brought
W
salir
saliendo
salido
to go out
going out
gone out
dividir
dividiendo
dividido
to divide
dividing
divided
escribir
escribiendo
escrito (irr.)
to write
writing
written
concluir
concluyendo ]
concluido
to conclude
concluding
concludec
306. TABLE OF VERB-ENDINGS THUS FAR STUDIED
Grammatical Name Usual Value in English
to . . .
Infinitive
Gerund
Past Participle
-ar
-ando
-ado
-0
-a
-amos
Present Tense
Indicative
-an
-er, -it
-iendo
-ido
-0
-e he, she, it, you {sing.)
-emos, -imo82we . . .
-en they, you (p/ur.) . . .
-ing (Eng. pres. part, ending)
-d, -ed, -n, -en, -t
I . . .
1 leyendo, trayendo, concluyendo ; terminations beginning with ie and io
change the i to y when the verb stem ends in a sounded vowel. This is to
avoid an unstressed i between two vowels.
2 Emos is used with verbs ending in er in the infinitive, and imos with verbs
ending in ir.
COLLATERAL STUDY
*55
307.
(a) 1.
REGULAR VERBS FOR PRACTICE
2.
comer, to eat
correr, to run
coser, to seiv
meter, to put into
o fender, to offend
ocurrir, to occur
partir, to set out
permitir, to permit
recibir, to receive
subir, to go up
responder, to respond sufrir, to suffer
toser, to cough surtir, to supply
vender, to sell vivir, to live
admirar, to admire
afeitar, to shave
anunciar, to amiounce
bajar, to go down
comprar, to buy
curar, to cure
exclamar, to exclaim
fumar, to smoke
invitar, to invite
lavar, to wash
llevar, to carry
mezclar, to mix
mirar, to look at
preparar, to prepare
qui tar, to take away
tirar, to throw
trabajar, to work
(b) These verbs have peculiarities in spelling. See 346,
atacar, to attack
buscar, to seek
explicar, to explain
secar, to dry
tocar, to play (music)
castigar, to punish
entregar, to deliver
llegar, to arrive
pagar, to pay
tragar, to swallow
alcanzar, to reach
disfrazar, to disguise
gozar, to enjoy
trazar, to trace
veneer, to conquer
convencer, to convince
coger, to take
dirigir, to direct
encoger, to shrink
escoger, to choose
recoger, to gather
156 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
HABER, TO HAVE
308. The auxiliary or helping verb haber, to have, is
irregular.
Infinitive haber to have
Pres. ind. he I have
ha has ; he, she, or it has ; you (sing.) have
hemos we have
han have j they or you (plur.) have
309. Haber and its parts are used principally with past
participles to express completed action. See 272.
Examples : —
Teresa ha preparado un asado. Theresa has prepared a roast.
Los mozos han llevado la comida The waiters have carried the
al comedor. dinner to the dining room.
N.B. — The past participle is invariable, that is, it al-
ways ends in 0, never in a, as, or os, when used with any
part of the verb haber.
El trabajador ha ido a su casa. The workman has gone to his
house.
Los trabajadores han ido al The workmen have gone to the
comedor. dining room.
LESSONS 24-30.
SEMI-REGULAR VERBS
Variations of the Stem Vowel : Groups A, B, and Bi
310. Infinitive j cerrar, to close
Pres. Tense
Indicative
<-.. J is t person cierro I close
[jd person cierra he closes, etc.
pj \ 1st person cerramos we close
\jd person cierran they or you close
COLLATERAL STUDY
157
Note that e of the stem becomes ie in both singular
forms and in the third person plural. This change, or
breaking, of e into the diphthong ie is an irregularity com-
mon to a great many Spanish verbs.
Note also that the endings of cerrar are regular (293, b).
3".
Fres. Tense
Indicative
Sing.
Infinitive, encontrar, to meet
f 1st person encuentro I meet
{3d person encuentra he meets, etc.
_, f 1st person encontramos we meet
Plur. \ ,
{3d person encuentran they or you meet
Pres. Tense
Indicative
Infinitive, pedir, to ask, to beg
f 1 st person pido I ask, I beg
1 3d person pide etc.
„, ( 1st person pedimos
PlurA y .
[3d person piden
Sing.
Note that 0 and e of the stems become ue and i respec-
tively in both singular forms and in the third person plural
of encontrar and pedir. As in cerrar, the endings are
regular (299 and 306).
312. Verb forms in which a variation of the stem vowel
most frequently occurs. The irregularities that we observe
in the singular and third person plural forms of cerrar, en-
contrar, and pedir occur in all singular and third person
plural forms of the present tenses of a great many Spanish
verbs. It will be convenient to consider the verbs having
these variations in three groups : —
Group A verbs like cerrar and encontrar
Group B verbs like divertir and dormir
Group Bi verbs like pedir
158 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Note. — The present tenses are the present indicative, present subjunc-
tive, and imperative.
The stem vowel is the last sounded vowel in the stem of the infinitive.
313. Group A verbs vary the stem vowel only in the
forms mentioned above (312). Verbs of Groups B and Bi
vary in these forms and, in addition, have certain stem
changes in several other forms. Group A is the most
numerous of the three groups.
These verbs have the same endings as regular verbs
throughout and may, therefore, be termed semi-regular.
OUTLINE OF THE STEM VARIATIONS OF SEMI-REGU-
LAR VERBS OF GROUPS A, B, AND Bi
Note. — The pupil should learn in connection with Lesson 24 the
portions of the following outline that relate to the present indicative and the
gerund; namely, 314, 315, a, I, and 315, b. 315, a, 3, and 319, b are
required in Lesson 29.
31*
I. a. Verb Forms that vary the Stem Vowel in A, B, and Bi
Verbs : —
All the singular and the 3d person plural forms of the pres-
ent tenses.
b. In These Forms, the Stem Vowel varies as follows : —
1. In A and B verbs, e becomes ie, and 0 becomes ue.
2. In Bi verbs, e becomes L
315-
II. a. Verb Forms that vary the Stem Vowel in B and Bi but not in A
Verbs : —
1. The gerund.
2, The 1st and zd persons ptoralof the present subjunctive.
COLLATERAL STUDY 159
3. The 3d person singular and the 3d person plural of the
aorist indicative.
4. Forms derived from the latter.
b. In These Forms, the Stem Vowel changes as follows : —
i. In B verbs, e becomes i, and o becomes u.
2. In Bi verbs, e becomes i.
Note. — Forms not mentioned in 314 or 315 are regular.1
316.
III. Nearly all group A verbs end in ar or er in the infinitive. All
B and Bi verbs end in ir in the infinitive.
Other Stem Variations: Groups C and D
317. Group C. Most verbs ending in cer or cir preceded
by a vowel change c to zc before terminations beginning
with 0 or a.
Infinitive, conocer, to be acquainted with
[1st per. conozco I am acquainted with,
{3d per. conoce etc
Plur.
Pres. Tense
Indicative
J isi per. conocemos
[jdper. conocen
318. Group D. Verbs ending in uir with the u sounded
strengthen the stem by adding y before terminations be-
ginning with a, e, or o.
Infinitive, concluir, to conclude
Pres. Tense
Indicative
\ 1st per. concluyo I conclude, etc.
1 {3 d per. concluye
„T f 1st per. concluimos
[jdper. concluyen
1 Volver and morir, however, which are considered in groups A and B respec-
tively, have irregular past participles.
i6o
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
319. a. Present Indicative and Gerund of Model Semi-
regular Verbs. (Irregular forms are given in bcld-faced
type.)
Group Infin.
Gerund
Sing.
Sing.
Plur.
Plur.
1st per.
3d per.
1st per.
3d per.
A
cerrar
cerrando
cierro
cierra
cerramos
cierran
encender
encendiendo
enciendo
enciende
encendemos
encienden
encontrar encontrando
encuentro encuentra encontramos encuentran
volver 1
volviendo
vuelvo
vuelve
volvemos
vuelven
B
divertir
divirtiendo
divierto
divierte
divertimos
divierten
dormir
durmiendo
duermo
duerme
dormimos
duermen
Bi
pedir
pidiendo
pido
pide
pedimos
piden
C
conocer
conociendo
conozco
conoce
conocemos
conocen
D
concluir
concluyendo2
1 concluyo
concluye
concluimos
concluyen
b. Aorist of Model Semi-regular Verbs. (To be studied
in connection with Exercise 2> 217.)
Group
Infix.
Sing. Sing.
Plur.
Plur.
1st per. 3d per.
i st per.
3dper.
A
regular throughout
B
divertir
divert! divirti6
divertimos
divirtieron
dormir
dormi durmi6
dormimos
durmieron
Bi
C
pedir
pedi pidi6
regular throughout
pedimos
pidieron
Lists of semi-regular verbs for practice
320. Group A : e becomes ie
cerrar to close
atravesar to cross
calentar to warm
despertar ■ to awaken
pensar to think
sentar to seat
negar to deny
regar
to water
defender
to defend
descender
to descend
extender
to extend
encender
to light
entender
to ttnderstand
perder
to lose
1 The past participle of volver is vuelto ; 315, footnote.
2 For the deviation in spelling in concluyendo, see 305, footnote.
COLLATERAL STUDY
161
321.
Group A : 0 becomes
ue.
acostar
to put to bed
doler
to ache
almorzar
to breakfast
moler
to grind
contar
to count
mover
to move
costar
to cost
oler
to smell
mostrar
to show
volver
to return
probar
to prove
devolver
to give back
rogar
to beg
322.
Group B : e becomes ie or i.
advertir
to warn
referir
to refer
divertir
to amuse
sentir
to feel
preferir
to prefer
consentir
to consent
323.
Group B : 0 becomes
ue or u.
dormir
to sleep
morir * to die
324.
Group Bi : e becomes i.
pedir
to ask for
regir
U rule
despedir
to discharge
elegir
to choose
repetir
to repeat
seguir
to follow
servir
to serve
conseguir
to obtain
vestir
to dress
325. Group C : c becomes zc before 0 or a.
reconocer to recognize ofrecer to offer
conocer to know parecer to seem
merecer to deserve pertenecer to belong
326. Group D : insert y before a, e, or 0.
construir to construct contribuir to contribute
destruir to destroy instituir to institute
obstruir to obstruct sustituir to substitute
constituir to constitute
1 The past participle of morir is muerto. See 354, 8.
READING SPAN. — II
1 62 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
THE AORIST TENSE INDICATIVE
327. In Chapter V we studied the present tense in-
dicative of regular verbs (see especially 299, 300, and 306).
We are now to consider a tense that is used in expressing
time wholly past ; namely, the aorist indicative.
The following are models for this tense in all regular
verbs : —
Infinitive, comprar, to buy
1st per. compre I bought
Plural
3d per. comprd bought ; he, she, it, or you bought
1st per. compramos we bought
3d per. compraron bought ; they bought, you bought
Infinitive, comer, to eat
•»
f 1st per. comi late
1 3d per. comi6 ate ; he, she, it, or you ate
ny , f 1st per. comimos we ate
Plural] * ,,
1 3d per. comieron ate ; they or you ate
Infinitive, vivir, to live
J 1st per. vivl I lived
tngu 1 ^d per. vivi6 lived ; he, she, it, or you lived
1 1st per. vivimos we lived
[ 3d per. vivieron lived ; they or you lived
The aorist indicative is used to express a definite past
act not referred to as continuous. Compare 339 a.
328. Note that in forming the aorist the following are
the endings that are added to the stem of the infinitive : —
Sing. J
COLLATERAL STUDY 1 63
Infinitive ar er, ir
1st per. 6 i
3d per. 6 i6
ni I 1st per. amos imos
I 3d per. aron leron
Remark. Verbs in ar and ir have the same endings in the aorist first
person plural as in the present indicative; namely, amos, imos (see 306).
(For verbs for practice, see 307 a and b. 346 should be studied before
taking 307 b.)
329. The Aorist and the Past Participle.
Caution, i. Remember that the aorist is a simple
tense. In compound tenses (e.g., have bought, have lived)
use the past participle.
2. On the other hand, bear in mind that the past parti-
ciple when used alone does not make complete sense and
do not make the blunder of using the past participle for the
aorist.
s p ip v. J jje comprafi0 un reloj. I have bought a watch.
compound tense) J
Aorist Compre* un reloj. I bought a watch.
THE PASSIVE VOICE AND THE REFLEXIVE CONSTRUC-
TION. (See also 349.)
330. The passive voice is formed with ser, to be, or one
of its parts and a past participle of a transitive verb ; and
being like the English passive, offers no difficulty in itself
to the pupil. But this passive construction is much less
frequently used in Spanish than in English; for there is
another mode of expression, quite unlike anything in Eng-
lish, which is used as a substitute for it. This substitute
164
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
for the passive may be called the reflexive construction. It
occurs oftener and, in a great majority of cases, is smoother
and more natural than the passive.
Examples : —
Passive. Como es sabido, le gusta toda
clase de deportes.
Reflexive. Como se sabe, le gusta toda
clase de deportes.
Passive. La musica ha sido aplicado
para aliviar el somnambulismo.
Reflexive. La musica se ha aplicado
para aliviar el somnambulismo.
As is known, he likes
every kind of sports.
Music has been employed
to relieve somnambu-
lism.
331. Exercise. Find examples of the reflexive construc-
tion as passive in Lesson 30. (See also 349.)
SPECIAL LESSONS
(See also 8 and 14)
The use of these lessons and of the exercises based on them is left to the
discretion of the teacher.
NUMBERS
332. Cardinal Numbers.
I
uno, una
21
veinte y uno or veintiuno ;
2
dos
before any noun, veinte
3
tres
y un, etc.
4
cuatro
22
veinte y dos or veintidos,
5
cinco
etc.
6
seis
30
treinta
7
siete
31
treinta y uno ; before any
8
ocho
noun, treinta y un,
9
nueve
etc.
IO
diez
40
cuarenta
ii
once
41
cuarenta y uno
12
doce
50
cincuenta
13
trece
60
sesenta
14
catorce
70
setenta
i5
quince
80
ochenta
16
diez y seis or dieciseis
90
noventa
*7
diez y siete or diecisiete
IOO
ciento, cienta; followed
18
diez y ocho or dieciocho
by any noun, cien
19
diez y nueve or dieci-
IOI
ciento y uno
nueve
I02
ciento y dos
20
veinte
IO3
ciento y tres
1 66
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
no
ciento diez (the connec-
600
seiscientos
tive y is not used be-
700
setecientos
fore numbers greater
800
ochocientos
than 9)
900
novecientos
III
ciento once
1000
mil
200
doscientos
2000
dos mil
3OO
trescientos
100,000
cien mil
4OO
cuatrocientos
1,000,000
un mi!16n
5OO
quinientos
333. Ordinal Numbers
Direction. Change o to a for feminine ; add s for plural.
1st primero 6th sexto
2d segundo 7 th s£ptimo
3d tercero 8th octavo
4th cuarto 9th nono, noveno
5 th quinto 10th decimo
Note. — Primero and tercero drop 0 when they immediately precede a
masculine singular noun. See 338.
Common Words
334. Months.
335.
Days of the wee
enero
January
lunes
Monday
febrero
February
martes
Tuesday
marzo
March
miercoles
Wednesday
abril
April
jueves
Thursday
mayo
May
viernes
Friday
junio
June
sabado
Saturday
julio
July
domingo
Sunday
agosto
August
septiembre
September
octubre
October
noviembre
November
diciembre
December
SPECIAL LESSONS
167
336. Interrogative Pronouns and Adverbs. The follow-
ing words are accented when used in questions : —
icual?
which?
^cuantos?
how many?
,fcuales?
which?
<id6nde?
where ?
^como?
how?
eque7
what? which?
^cuando?
when?
<iquien?
who?
<:cuanto?
how much?
337. Relative Pronouns. ( These words are given to help
the pupil in translating Spanish into English?)
el cual who, which
la cual who, which
los cuales who, which
el que
he that,
the one that, that which
la que
she that
, the one that, that which
las que
they that, the ones that, those that
al que
the one
that, to the one that
a la que
the one
that, to the one that
lo que
which, what
que
who, which, that
quien
who
338. Adject
ives that drop 0. The following words drop
0 when they
immediately precede a masculine singular
noun : —
alguno
some, any
ninguno
none, not any, no
bueno
good, well
malo
bad, sick
primero
first
tercero
third
postrero
last
1 68
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Examples : —
ninguna rosa
ningunas rosas
ningiin cuchillo
algiin vino
un buen tiro
buenos perros
primer premio
primera sonrisa
tercer capitulo
tercera vaca
algiin bolsillo
algunos bolsillos
alguna barbaridad
no rose, not any rose
no roses
no knife
some wine
a good shot
good dogs
first prize
first smile
third chapter
third cow
some pocket
some pockets
some cruel word
339- Words of many meanings (given here mainly for
use in reading Spanish).
(a) Some Common Imperfect Indicative Forms (see 284).
Note. — The imperfect indicative is used to express a past customary,
repeated, or continued action or condition.
i. iba was going, used to go; I, he, she, etc., was going or
used to go
2. era was ; I, he, she, or it was ; you {sing.) were. (Defini-
tion, characteristic, etc. See 274.)
3. estaba was; I, he, she, or it was; you (sing.) were. (Lo-
cation, etc. See 273.)
4. podia could, was able ; I, he, she, etc., could, or was able
5. habia had ; I, he, she, it, or you (sing.) had
6. habia de . . . I was to . . .
7. habia (impersonal), there was, there were.
(b) Si, se.
1. si if, whether, why
2. si yes; himself, herself, itself, themselves, yourself, yourselves
3-
se
4-
se
5-
se lo
6.
se los
SPECIAL LESSONS 1 69
I know ; be
himself, herself, itself, etc. (See 188.)
it to him, it to her, it to them, it to himself, etc., or it
for, from, or on him, her, etc.
them to him, them to her, them to them, etc., or them
for, from, or on him, etc.
Exercises.
1. Write short sentences using each of the words in (a)
above.
2. Add n to each word in (a) 1-6, thus : iban, eran, etc.
What do the resulting words mean?
3. What do ibamos, eramos, estabamos, podiamos, and habiamos
mean?
4. Say the following : —
I sent it to her. I sent it to them. I bought it from him.
They buy it from me. Frank puts it on her.
Common Suffixes
340. Adverbs. What is the value of the suffix mente in
the following words ?
ricamente
richly
directamente
directly
perfectamente
perfectly
claramente
clearly
solamente
solely
solemnemente
solemnly
verdaderamente
truly
puramente
purely
alegremente
happily
tranquilamente
tranquilly
sencillamente
simply
170 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
341. Superlative Adjectives.
mean in the following words ?
riquisimo
purisimo
hermosisimo
muchisimo
bellisimo
gravisimo
tristisimo
clarisimo
nobilisimo
guapisimo
What does the suffix isimo
very rich
most pure
very beautiful, most beautiful
very much
very beautiful
very grave, most grave
very sad
very illustrious, very clear
most noble
very stylish
342. Diminutives. Ito and cito are diminutive endings
used very frequently, especially in colloquial Spanish.
They usually mean pretty, dear, etc., as well as little.
mesita, little table
sillita, little chair
muchachita, little girl
muchachito, little boy
cuartito, little room
hermanito, dear little brother
hijito, dear little son
primito, little cousin
vecinito, little neighbor
jardincito, pretty little garden
gatito, kitten
What do the words in column 2 mean ?
I. caballo, horse
animal, animal
pajaro, bird
bandera, flag
hombre, man
mujer, woman
palo, stick
angel, angel
2. caballito
animalito
pajarito
banderita
hombrecito
mujercita
palito
angelito
SPECIAL LESSONS 171
Location of Adjectives1
343. Adjectives used to distinguish one person or thing
from another are placed after the nouns they limit. Such
are adjectives of color, form, size, weight, direction, etc.,
and nationality. Very long adjectives also usually follow
their nouns.
Examples : —
la naranja grande the large orange
el huevo pequeiio the small egg
la paloma blanca the white dove
la cometa azul the blue kite
el nifio mejicano the Mexican child
un rio importante an important river
344. Adjectives used figuratively or for rhetorical effect
usually precede their nouns.
Examples : —
el marcial rumor de los clarines the martial sound of the trum-
pets
el ronco grito de los centinelas the hoarse cry of the sentinels
el miserable pecador the miserable sinner
345. Exercises. 1. Turn to 233 and pick out ten ad-
jectives from the second, third, and fourth paragraphs.
Notice that the adjectives that show the distinctive charac-
teristics of the races follow their nouns.
2. Turn to 240 and pick out five adjectives that precede
their nouns. Why do they precede ?
3. Turn to 56, 107, 147, and 148 and find the adjectives
otro, muchos, varios, diferentes, quinta, and tercera. Do
they precede or follow ?
1 See Phrases Alike or Similar in Spanish and English, 14.
t;2 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
346.
Before a, 0, and u
Spelling Helps
Resultant Syllables
Before e and i
1. c = k qu = k
2. z = th c = th
3- g — gas in go gu = g as in go
4. j = h g = h
5. gu = gw gu = gw
Direction. Memorize the spelling and pronunciation of the
above syllables. (See exercise on this section, page 213.)
Before a, 0,
andu
ca co cu
za zo zu
ga go gu
ja jo ju
gua guo
Before e
andi
qui
que
ce
gue
ge
gue
ci
gui
gi
gui
347. Wr
ite the following wo
rds from dictation :
: —
(.«)
I
2
pedazo
piece
pedacito
little piece
lapiz
pencil
lapices
pencils
luz
light
luces
lights
feliz
happy
felices
happy
vez
time
veces
times
taza
cup
tacita
little cup
comenzamos
we begin
comencemos
let us begin
hizo
he made
hice
I made
Why is c
used instead of Z in
column 2 above?
0>)
1
2
chico
little
chiquito
little, tiny
un poco
a little
un poquito
a very little
seco
dry
sequedad
dryness
rico
rich
riquisimo
very rich
Paco
Frank
Paquito
Frankie
colocamos
we place
coloquemos
let us place
tocamos
we play
toquemos
let us play
SPECIAL LESSONS
173
Why is qu used in (o), column 2 ?
w
I 2
recoger to gather recojo
I gather
coger
to take
cojo
I take
escoger
to choose
escojo
I choose
Why is
j substituted for g in
the second column f
w
llegar
to arrive
llegue
I arrived
pagar
to pay
pague
I paid
jugar
to play-
juguete
plaything
largo
long
larguito
not very long
amiga
friend
amiguita
little friend
Important Uses of the Pronoun Se
(This lesson is designed to help the pupil in studying the
supplementary reading sections. The use of the constructions
explained here is not required in translating the exercises in
composition until Lesson 30 has been studied.)
348. Impersonal Construction with Se. The word se
is often equivalent to they, one, some one, or you, used
indefinitely.
Examples : —
1. No se fuma aqui.
2. No se canta a las dos de la
manana.
3. Aqui se habla espafiol.
One does not smoke here, or
you do not smoke here.
One does not sing at two o'clock
in the morning.
Spanish is spoken here, or they
speak Spanish here.
349. The following sentences exemplify a reflexive
construction very common in Spanish, Note carefully
174
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
the value of se obtiene, se cultiva, and se fabrica, as used
in them.
i. Aqui se obtiene igual efecto.
2. Se cultiva mucho tabaco en
Kentucky.
3. Se fabrican muebles y papel
en esta ciudad.
4. Se oyen gritos.
5. ^ Se explica todo eso en el
documento?
Here the same result is obtained.
Much tobacco is cultivated in
Kentucky.
Furniture and paper are manu-
factured in this city.
Cries are heard.
Is all that explained in the
document ?
35°* Correct translating of these two constructions may be made me
chanical by such exercises as the following : —
What do the following mean ?
hace
se hace
ponen
se ponen
vende
se vende
llaman
se llaman
recibe
se recibe
ven
se ven
halla
se halla
emplean
se emplean
puede
se puede
reducen
se reducen
consume
se consume
distinguen
se distinguen
Infinitives with and without Prepositions
351. Note the use of a as a connecting link after cer-
tain verbs in the following sentences. Observe that an
infinitive governed x by a verb expressing motion, direction
toward an end, or such mental acts as resolving, compelling,
is preceded by a.
Examples : —
1. Quien lejos se va a casar, 6 He who goes far from home to
va enganado 6 va a en- marry, either deceives or is
ganar. deceived.
1 Casar in sentence 1 of this section, and dar in sentence 2, are said to depend
on or to be governed by va and viene respectively.
SPECIAL LESSONS
175
2.
El mozo viene a darme la
lista de platos.
En un abrir y cerrar de ojos,
se levanta y echa a correr.
Juntos aprenden a leer y jun-
tos juegan.
No me atrevo a culparle.
El capitan se decide a que-
darse.
The waiter comes to give me
the bill of fare.
In the twinkling of an eye, he
gets up and begins to run.
Together they learn to read and
together they play.
I do not dare to blame him.
The captain decides to remain.
352. Note that there is no connective between the verbs
in the expression debo ir in sentence 1 below. So also in
quiero salir, etc. This is because deber, querer, occurrir,
etc., like a great many other verbs, govern1 following infini-
tives without a or any other preposition as a connective.
1. <iNo es verdad que debo ir?
2. Quiero salir.
3. No me ocurre decirlo.
4. Procuramos ver al Presi-
dente.
5. No podemos verle.
Isn't it true that I ought to go?
I want to go out.
It doesn't occur to me to say it
We try to see the President.
We cannot see him.
Comparative Examples of Para and Por
- 353- The principal uses of para are to express purpose,
advantage, and destination. Para has other less common
uses, one of which is to express a comparison of unusual-
ness (sentence 4 in a below).
Por means by and for. When used to mean for, por
commonly has the value of through, during, as, in behalf
of, for the sake of, in exchange for, on account of, instead
of, ox per.
1 See footnote, page 174.
176 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Examples : —
(a) Para.
1. Sale de su casa para co-
mer.
2. Estos son los proeedimien-
tos para la fabricaci6n
de papel.
3. Sin malicia para nadie, con
caridad para todos.
4. Para un nifio de ocho afios,
es muy grande.
5. Hoy partimos para Los
Angeles.
(i>) Por.
1. Le doy mi reloj por su te-
lescopio.
2. El rlo pasa por un terreno
bajo y pantanoso.
3. Una ascensi6n en el globo
cuesta dos pesos por per-
sona.
4. Dos veces por semana, las
musicas dan conciertos en
los hospitales.
5. Ella respond era por mi.
6. Le toma al duque por un
criado.
7. Por haber hecho esto, el
Presidente me" juzgado
por el Senado.
8. Voy por leche.
9. Cada ano viajo por dos
meses.
He leaves his house to dine.
These are the processes for the
manufacture of paper.
With malice towards none, with
charity for all.
For a child of eight years, he
is very large.
To-day we set out for I,os
Angeles.
I give him my watch for his
telescope.
The river passes through low
and swampy ground.
An ascension in the balloon
costs two dollars per person.
Twice a week, the bands give
concerts in the hospitals.
She will answer for me.
He takes the duke for a ser-
vant.
For having done this, the Presi-
dent was tried by the Senate.
I go for milk.
Each year I travel for two
months.
SPECIAL LESSONS
i/7
Some
Important Irregular Past Participles
354-
Past Participle
Infinitive
i.
abierto
opened
from abrir
to open
2.
cubierto
covered
from cubrir
to cover
3-
dicho
said, told
from decir
to say, tell
4-
escrito
written
from escribir
to write
5-
frito,
freido
fried
from freir
to fry
6.
hecho
made, done
from hacer
to make, do
7-
impreso
printed
from imprimir
to print
8.
muerto
dead, died
from morir
to die
9-
preso,
captured
from prender
to capture
prendido
IO.
roto,
rompido
broken, torn
from romper
to break, tear
ii.
resuelto
resolved
from resolver
to resolve
12.
vuelto
turned, returned
from volver
to turn, return
i3-
visto
seen
from ver
to see
Present Tense Indicative of Some Important Irregular
Verbs
355. I. Note the striking irregularity in the first person sing-
ular, present indicative, of the following verbs.
digo I say, I tell
hago I make, I do
pongo I put, I place
decir
hacer
poner
salir
tener
traer
venir
salgo
tengo
traigo
vengo
II (a). Observe that the striking irregularity seen in the first
person singular of the present indicative of the following verbs
does not occur in the other forms of that tense.
I go out, I come out
I have, I hold
I bring
I come
READING SPAN.
■7«
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
TENER
to have
tengo
I have
tiene
he has ; you {sing?) have
tenemos
we have
tienen
they have ; you (plur.) have
DECIR
to say, tell
digo
I say, I tell
dice
he says, he tells ; you (sing.), etc.
decimos
we say, we tell
dicen
they say, they tell j you (p/ur.), etc.
VENIR
to come
vengo
I come
viene
he comes ; you {sing.) come
venimos
we come
vienen
they come ; you (plur.), etc.
»
HACER
to make, do
hago
I make, I do
hace
he makes, he does ; you (sing.) , etc.
hacemos
we make, we do
hacen
they make, they do ; you (p/ur.), etc.
SALIR
to go out, come out
salgo
I go out, I come out
sale
he goes out, etc. j you (sing.), etc.
salimos
we go out, etc.
salen
they go out, etc. ; you (J>lur.), etc.
PONER
to put, place
pongo
I put, I place
pone
he puts, he places; you (sing.) t etc.
ponemos
we put, we place
ponen
they put, they place; you (plur?), etc.
SPECIAL LESSONS
179
TRAER to bring
traigo I bring
trae he brings ; you (sing.), etc.
traemos we bring
traen they bring; you (plur.), etc.
SABER
se
sabe
sabemos
saben
to know, learn
I know, I learn
he knows, he learns ; you (sing.), etc.
we know, we learn
they know, they learn ; you (p/ur.), etc.
CO
CONOCER
conozco
conoce
conocemos
conocen
to know, be acquainted with
I know, I am acquainted with
he knows, etc.
we know, etc.
they know, etc.
DAR
doy
da
damos
dan
(/)
IR
voy
va
vamos
van
to give
I give
he gives ; you (sing.) give
we give
they give ; you (p/ur.) give
to go
I go, I am going
he goes, he is going; you (sing), etc.
we go, we are going
they go, they are going ; you (flur.), etc.
8o
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Action and Condition Contrasted
356. Ser and estar used with past participles. Observe
that when estar or one of its forms is used, condition or
position is expressed, and that when an action is spoken of,
ser or one of its forms is used.
(a) 1. La Casa Blanca en Wash- The White House in Wash-
ington esta abierta al
publico en dias deter-
minados.
2. La sociedad esta com-
puesta de artistas de
talento.
3. Veo el escudo ; esta cu-
bierto de una bandera.
(b) 1. Durante las sesiones de la
Conferencia de la Paz,
la plaza es despejada
por la policia.
2. La musica ha sido aplicado
para curar 6 aliviar el
somnambulismo.
3. Sus impresiones merecen
ser reproducidas.
ington is open to the
public on fixed days.
The society is composed of
talented artists.
see the shield ; it is
ered with a flag.
cov-
During the sessions of the
Peace Conference, the
square is cleared by the
police.
Music has been applied to cure
or alleviate somnambu-
lism.
Their impressions deserve to
be reproduced.
( What act is spoken of?)
Me son presentados varios Several young men are pre-
j6venes caballeros. sented to me.
( What act is spoken of?)
Como es sabido, le gusta
toda clase de de-
portes.
As is known, he likes every
kind of sport.
SPECIAL LESSONS
181
Remark. — Ser or any one of its forms used as above with a past participle
to signify the performance of an action makes an expression that is said to be
in the passive voice. Estar is not used thus. (Compare 330.)
Objective Personal Pronouns
357-
Used with Verbs
as Direct Object
le, lo
lo
la
lo
los
las
le..
la..
aVd.
aVd.
me, myself
us, ourselves
himself, herself, itself,
themselves, yourself,
yourselves
him
it (masc.)
her, it (fern.)
it (neut.)
them {masc?)
them {/em.)
you {masc.)
you (Jem.)
Used with
Prepositions
ml
nosotros, nosotras
si
a
a
ella
ello
ellos
ellas
Vd.
Yd.
358.
Used with Verbs as Indirect Object
me to, for, from, on, or offme ; to, for, from, etc., myself
nos to, for, from, on, or off us; to, for, from, etc., our-
selves
se to, for, from, on, or off himself, herself, itself, one's
self, themselves, yourself, yourselves
le to, for, from, on, or off him, her, it
les to, for, from, on, or off them {masc. and/em.)
le . . . k Vd. to, for, from, on, or off you {sing. masc. and fern.)
les ... a Vds. to, for, from, on, or off you {plur. masc. and /em.)
1 82 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
359-
Table of Endings of Regular and Semi-regular Verbs
Directions, i. Add the endings given in columns i to 7 in-
clusive to the stem of the infinitive.
2. Add the endings of the past and the future subjunctive to
the 3d person plural of the aorist after first removing the final three
letters, ron, of the latter. This applies to all verbs, regular and
irregular, without exception.
3. Add the endings of the future indicative and the future
conditional to the whole infinitive as a stem.
(a) Familiar Forms Omitted
1 2
8
4
5
6
7
Infinitive Gerune
Past
Present
Present
Imperfect
Aorist
Participle
Indicative
Subjunctive
Indicative
Indicative
ar ando
ado
O
e
aba
e
a
e
aba
6
amos
emos
abamos
amos
an
en
aban
aron
er iendo
ido
0
a
ia
i
ir
e
a
ia
16
emos, imos1 amos
iamos
imos
en
an
ian
ieron
8
9
10
11
Past Subjunctive
Future Future
Subjunctive Indicative (
Future
Conditional
or
ra
se
re
e
ia
These endings are
employed for all .
verbs.
ra
-ramos
se
-semos
re
-'remos
a
emos
ia
iamos
ran
sen
ren
an
ian
1 Where two endings are given, the first is for verbs that end in er and the
second for verbs ending in ir.
ENDINGS OF REGULAR AND SEMI-REGULAR VERBS 1 83
(b) Familiar Forms Given
1 2
8
4
ha
bb
6
7
Infini- ~
Gerund
TIVE
Past
Parti-
ciple
Present
Indicative
Present
Subjunc-
tive
Impera- Imperfect Aorist
tive Indicative Indicative
ar ando
ado
O
e
aba
6
as
es
a
abas
aste
a
e
aba
6
amos
emos
abamos
amos
ais
£is
ad
abais
asteis
an
en
aban
aron
er iendo
ido
0
a
ia
f
ir
es
as
e
ias
iste
e
a
ia
16
emos,1 imos
amos
iamos
imos
&S,1 is
ais
ed, id1 iais
isteis
en
an
fan
ieron
8
9
10
11
Past Subjunctive
Future Future Future
Subjunctive Indicative Conditionai
or
ra
se
re
I
ia
ras
ses
res
as
ias
These endings are
employed for all
verbs.
ra se
-ramos -semos
re
-remos
a
emos
la
iamos
rais
seis
reis
£is
iais
ran
sen
ren
an
ian
1 See note on page 182.
NOTES, IDIOMS, AND PHRASES
(The portions in the heavy-faced type may be used for review and drill.)
Sf.ction
52. 1. cercadel: near the.
2. esta sentado : he is seated.
3. el piano de la nina vale : the girl's piano is worth,
4. el fonografo del nino : the boy's phonograph.
56. 5. la senora Oviedo: Mrs. Oviedo. In direct ad-
dress, la would be omitted.
75. 6. el no toma cafe* : he does not drink (literally,
take) coffee.
80-81. 7. comercial : see 1, Remark 2.
8. colgado : hanging (literally, hung).
9. e'ste, e'se, etc. : see 289, Remark 2.
10. estos libros son mios : these books are mine.
83. 11. mas grande que los nuestros : larger than ours.
87. 12. htos : these; see 289, Remark 2.
13. no soy carpintero . I am not a carpenter. Note
that un (a) is omitted.
88. 14. el senor Oviedo : Mr. Oviedo. See Notes, Idioms,
and Phrases, 5.
15. el comedor no es pequeno, ^verdad?: the dining
room is not small, is it? (<Jverdad? liter-
ally, truth ?)
184
NOTES, IDIOMS, AND PHRASES 1 85
92. 16. Paquita tiene diez y siete anos: Fannie is seven-
teen years old.
17. aynda: she helps, compra: buys, she buys.
manda: sends. vende : sells.
pregunta : asks. cobra : charges.
responde : answers, paga : pays.
vendo : I sell. lleva : she carries.
18. manda d Paquita: sends Fannie. Omit d in
translating.
19. ella le paga : she pays him.
20. despues de pagar al carnicero: after paying the
butcher.
Observe that the infinitive, pagar, must be translated paying,
not to pay, in this phrase. Spanish differs from English in nearly
always using the infinitive, not the gerund, after prepositions.
The beginner in languages must not forget this. See 132-133.
son las siete y media : it is half past seven.
es hora de ir : it is time to go.
I d6nde trabaja Vd. ? : where do you work ?
I a que" hora llega Vd. ? : when do you arrive ?
I a que* hora come Vd.? : at what time do you dine ?
trabajo: I work.
I lego : I arrive.
como : I dine.
dejo de trabajar : I leave off working,
despues de comer : after dining. See Notes,
Idioms, and Phrases, 20.
me llamo Francisco : my name is Francis.
al dia : per day.
hoy es el dia de recibir : to-day is the reception day.
sus vestidos color de rosa : their pink frocks.
IOO.
21.
22.
23-
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
104.
29.
107.
30.
112.
31.
32.
1 86 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
33. ique* amapolas tan encarnadasl: what red pop
pies!
113. 34. el cuadro de flores de Vd. : your flower bed.
los cuadros de flores de Vds. : your flower beds.
35. de e'stas : of the latter.
36. no tiene ningunas : he has none. Note that the
two words, no and ningunas, are used to
express the negation. See 117.
37. voy a cortar algunas rosas: I am going to cut
some roses.
si permite que recoja yo : if she will permit me
to gather.
38. unos pocos claveles : a few carnations.
116. 39. los lirios son de Paquita: the lilies are Fannie's.
118. 40. antes de salir del jardin: before leaving the
garden.
121. 41. £en que calle viven Vds.? on what street do you
live ?
42. vivimos : we live.
43. tiene Vd. su casa : a phrase used in telling one's
address.
123. 44. veinticinco pesos al mes : twenty-five dollars per
month.
127. 45. cada quince dias : every two weeks.
46. les : to them.
47. tiene mucho que decirles : he has much to tell
them, que is not to be translated here.
48. va a escribir : he is going to write.
49. piensa escribir : he intends to write.
50. sale a su encuentro : he goes out to meet him.
NOTES, IDIOMS, AND PHRASES 1 87
51. a las seis de la tarde : at six in the evening.
52. no tiene que hacer nada: omit que in translat-
ing.
53. concluir: to conclude; conchiye : he concludes.
See 318.
54. despues de echar: after dropping. See Notes,
Idioms, and Phrases, 20.
129. 55. Pepe sabe silbar : Joe knows how to whistle.
130. 56. todos los meses : every month.
I35- 57- tsta: this. See 289, Remark 2.
58. 1 no ve Vd. el pan ? don't you see the bread ?
137. 59. me gusta este plato : I like this dish.
141. 60. llevado, acabado, dado, quitado, lav ado : past
participles of llevar, acabar, dar, quitar, and
lavar respectively.
61. los senores Oviedo: Mr. and Mrs. Oviedo.
62. ya se han ido : have already gone {colloquial}; se
is omitted in translating this phrase.
144. 63. son las doce menos cinco : it is five minutes to
twelve.
64. ya es la una : it is already one o'clock.
65. la he preparado yo : I have prepared it.
148. 66. lo ha cortado : he has cut it.
67. quisieran tener otro : they would like to have
another.
151. 68. me alegro de encontrarle a Vd. : I am glad to
meet you (infinitive, alegrarse, to be glad).
Here the group le . . . a Vd. means you.
Compare Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 84.
69. verle : to see you.
1 88 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
70. acabo de salir del despacho : I have just come
out of the office.
71. «:con que Vd. piensa ir ? so you intend to go ?
72. me voy : {colloquial) omit me in translating.
73. podemos ir juntos <ino es verdad ? : we can go to-
gether, can't we ? Compare Notes, Idioms,
and Phrases, 15.
74. vamos alia ahora : let us go there now.
154. 75. hablando con ellos: speaking with them. See
Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 95.
157. 76. vamos al coche de fumar: let us go into the
smoking car.
77. labro la ventanilla ? : shall I open the window ?
Note the use of the present tense in Spanish where the future
must be used in English. This is a colloquial present tense of
animation,
78. tiene Vd. raz6n : you are right.
79. el tren se para aqui : the train stops here.
158. 80. al llegar a San Jose* : on arriving at San Jose".
81. ya ha f umado dos tabacos : he has already smoked
two cigars.
161. 82. le: him.
83. se acaba : is ending.
84. le deseo a Vd. un feliz ano nuevo : I wish you a
happy New Year. The group of words,
le . . . a Vd., means to you. Compare
Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 68.
168. 85. tocando : compare the meanings of tocando and
jugando.
NOTES, IDIOMS, AND PHRASES 189
86. vecinitas : little neighbors. See 342.
87. las cuales : who ; used in certain cases instead
of que.
88. para que las bailadoras no los pisen : so that the
dancers may not tread on them.
89. creen estar jugando: they think that they are
playing.
*75- 90. la semana que viene : next week.
181. 91. el tercer piso : the third floor. See 338.
92. se ve : is seen.
93. tiene mucho que hacer: see Notes, Idioms, and
Phrases, 47 and 52. o
94. hdblele Vd. : speak to him. ?
95. delante de e'l: in front of it; //, ella, ellos, noso-
troSy and mi, used with prepositions, mean
him or it, her or it, them, us and me, respec-
tively. See 357.
195. 96. ponihidomelas : putting them on. Note the two
arrangements given. In sentences like estoy
ponie'ndomelasy two positions for the proroun
are allowable. Why ? See 198, Rule.
97. s/: I know. Why is the accent used ? See 9.
205. 98. se la van la cara : they wash their faces (208).
99. despue's de vestidas : after dressing.
100. para las seis y media : by half past six.
101. pedacitos : note that c not z is used in the dimin-
utive of pedazo. z rarely occurs before e or
i in Spanish. See 346, 2 and 347 a.
213. 102. es de ver : it is worth seeing.
103. no hace mucho : not long ago.
I90 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
104. el agua: the water, agna is feminine but takes
the article el to avoid the use of la before a
noun beginning with stressed a.
105. a eso de las cinco : at about five o'clock.
106. es hora de volver : it is time to return.
107. poco despues se acuestan: shortly afterwards
they go to bed.
216. 108. se pone en marcha : he sets out.
220. 109. a cosa de treinta millas: at about thirty miles.
225. no. otras dos mas grandes : two other larger ones.
236. in. la de Senadores : that of Senators.
240. 112. todos nos sentimos unidos : we all feel ourselves
united.
113. hemos de ser buenos : we must be good.
242. 114. al travfc de las que : through which.
115. que se pongan las estampillas neces arias : that
the necessary stamps be put on.
253. 116. le dara gusto : it will give you pleasure.
117. visitamos : we visited. The same word means
we visit.
118. espero que este" Vd. bien y que tenga yo el
gusto . . . : I hope that you are well and
that I may have the pleasure ....
119. le suplico que salude : I beg you to greet ....
254. 120. no hagan sus compras : not to make their pur-
chases. 1/
121. hasta ver: until they see.
256. 122. les rogamos se sirvan indicarnos . . .; we a&k
tfreni to please indicate ....
Notes, idioms, and phrases 191
267. 123. ha de ser con condici6n : it must be on condition.
124. lo tuyo : what is yours.
125. lo mio : what is mine.
269. 126. aunque se vista de seda la mona: though the
monkey dress in silk.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION
Chapter II. Collateral Study, 271, 275-276
Lesson 1. Tener; Applied Numbers
26-27. Vocabulary 24.
1. Two, four, six, eight, ten. 2. Three, six, nine.
3 Four eyes. 4. Eight hands. 5. Ten fingers.
6. Two hands and two feet. 7. Two hands and two
fingers. 8. I have two eyes. 9. You have two eyes.
10. You have. II. Have you? 12. Have you two
ears? 13. How many fingers? 14. How many toes?
15. How many feet? 16. How many hands?
29-31. Vocabulary 28.
I. How many baskets? 2. How many eggs? 3. How
many dozen ? 4. How many oranges ? 5. How many
days ? 6. How many months ? 7. Three, six, nine,
twelve, fifteen. 8. Nine, eleven, thirteen, fifteen. 9. The
foot, the hand, the thumb, the finger. 10. The feet, the
hands, the fingers. n. A foot, a hand, a thumb, a finger.
12. We have hands. 13. We have hands and feet.
14. Have we hands and feet ? 15. Yes, sir.
31-32.
1. The dozen of oranges. 2. The dozen of pears.
3. The sixth of February. 4. The ninth of September.
192
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 1 93
5. The second of April. 6. A state, a war, a union.
7. The states, the wars, the unions. 8. I have no
oranges. 9. You have no pears. 10. We have no eggs,
n. Have you two baskets? 12. Haven't you two bas-
kets? 13. Have we four oranges? 14. Haven't we
four oranges? 15. Days and months. 16. April and
September. 1 7. Write from dictation, using figures :
dos, cuatro, seis ; tres, seis, nueve, doce, quince. Similarly,
write from dictation sections 26 and 30 (thus, 2 + 2 = 4).
Lesson 2. Tener; Applied Numbers
35-38. Vocabulary 34.
1. The year, the week, the hour. 2. The years, the
weeks, the hours. 3. How many years ? How many sea-
sons ? 4. Fifteen dollars and twenty cents. 5. Eighteen
dollars and seventeen cents. 6. Philip has forty cents.
7. John has thirty cents. 8. They have seventy cents.
9. Mary has fifty dollars. 10. She has fifty dol-
lars. 11. Has Philip twenty dollars? 12. Has he?
13. Hasn't he? 14. Eleventh street, Twentieth street,
Twenty-fifth street. 15. Seven, seventeen, twenty-seven,
thirty-seven, forty-seven. 16. Eighteen, twenty-two,
twenty-six, thirty, thirty-four, thirty-eight. 17. Write
section 35 from dictation (thus, 8 + 8= 16; 8+4 + 4=16,
etc.).
38.
1. How many days has February ? 2. How many days
has it? 3. How many seasons has the year ? 4. How
many seasons has it? 5. Has a month four weeks?
6. Has a week seven days ? 7. Three years have thirty-
six months.
READING SPAN. — 1 3
194 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Special Lessons, 334-335 ; Review 32
Note to the Teacher. — Exercises on the Special Lessons may be omitted.
I. August and October. 2. January and March.
3. May, June, and July. 4. The twenty-second of Feb-
ruary. 5. The thirtieth of May. 6. The Fourth of
July. 7. The twenty-fifth of December. 8. Monday
and Tuesday. 9. Thursday and Friday. 10. Wednes-
day, Saturday, and Sunday. II. To-morrow will be
Monday. 12. To-morrow will be the fourth of Novem-
ber. 13. What day of the month is it? 14. It is the
second of January.
Special Lessons, 332
1. Write from Spanish dictation, using figures: 50, 500,
45, 14, 440, 30, 310, 313, 86, 806; 4, 400, 2400,4400; 280,
2080, 2800, 80, 88.
Vocabulary 39.
1. I see the eggs. 2. I don't see the pears. 3. Do
you see the street ? 4. I don't see the street. 5. What
do you see ? 6. Nothing (nada).
Chapter III. Collateral Study, 273, 275-279
Lesson 3. Estar
276 a, 277. Vocabulary 41.
1. The schools of England. 2. The classes of the
school. 3. The ladies of the North. 4. The senators
of the West. 5. A senator, a lady, a school, a class.
42.
1. Where is Los Angeles? 2. It is in California.
3. Is Philadelphia in the United States? 4. Yes, sir,
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 1 95
Philadelphia is in the United States. 5. Philadelphia
is not far (lejos) from New York. 6. San Francisco
and Xos Angeles are far from New York. 7. Where
are France and Italy ? 8. Are France and Italy in
Europe? 9. Yes, sir, they are in Europe. 10. Is not
Washington in the District of Columbia? 11. Yes, it is
in the District of Columbia.
44. Vocabulary 43.
1. Where are you ? Are you in San Francisco ? 2. No,
sir, I am in Los Angeles. 3. Where is the President?
Is he in Washington ? 4. No, sir, he is not in. Wash-
ington. He is in New York. 5. You are in the capital
of the state. 6. The Senate is not in session now.
7 Are you (plur.) in Sacramento ? 8. Aren't you (plur.)
in Sacramento?
45-48. Vocabulary 49.
1. We are not in the Spanish class to-day (hoy). 2. We
are in Mexico with (con) the Mexicans. 3. Where is
Great Salt Lake ? 4. Where are the Rocky Mountains ?
Lesson 4. Estar; Del, Al
52-54; 275-277. Vocabulary 51.
1. The phonographs, the records, the songs. 2. A
phonograph, a record, a song. 3. The boy's piano
(say the piano of the boy). 4. The girl's piano.
5. The lady's guitar (guitarra). 6. The ladies' guitars.
7. The senators' friends (say the friends (amigos) of the
senators). 8. To the piano, to the pianos. 9. To
the girl, to the girls. 10. To the boy, to the boys
11. To the governor, to the governors. 12. Is the boy's
196 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
phonograph on a table? 13. Are the girl's records on
the piano? 14. The two Spanish songs are worth
(valen) a dollar.
Lesson 5. Rstar; Del, Al; Cerca de; Adjectives
273, 275-277. Vocabulary 55.
I. The dining room, the dining rooms. 2. The fork,
the forks. 3. The senator, the senators. 4. Fannie's
knife (say the knife of Fannie). 5. Albert's fork.
6. The lady's chair. 7. The gentleman's (caballero)
chair.
56-57.
1. Near the meat, near the table, near the fork, near
the knife. 2. Near the tables, near the forks, near the
knives. 3. At the side, at the sides. 4. At the center,
at the centers. 5. At the edge. 6. Are the chairs in
the dining room ? Are they in the dining room ? 7. Yes,
sir, they are in the dining room. 8. Where are the sugar
and the bread? Where are they? 9. They are near
the center of the table. 10. The coffee is not hot.
It is not hot. 11. Is the bread hot ? Is it hot ? 12. It
is hot. 13. The pitchers are on the table. 14. The
milk and the sugar are near the butter. They are near
the butter. 15. The forks are at one side of the plate
and the knives are at the other side.
Lesson 6. Estar; Debajo de, Detras de; Sentado, Par ado
60-62 ; 273, 277. Vocabulary 59.
I. Under the house, under the book. 2. Under the
houses, under the books. 3. Behind the house, behind
the plate. 4. Behind the plates. 5. Where are the
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 1 97
ladies ? Where are they ? 6. They are in the dining
room. They are seated. 7. One child is seated on the
floor. 8. He is seated under the table. 9. Mrs. Oviedo
is seated. 10. How many plates are in front of Mrs.
Oviedo? n. Are you seated near Mrs. Oviedo, Isabel?
12. No, sir, I am standing behind Theresa.
280. Vocabularies 59 and 63. Gerunds.
1. John and Philip are playing behind the school.
2. Theresa is making bread. 3. I am drinking milk.
4. You are eating oranges. 5. To play, playing. 6. To
eat, eating. 7. To make, making. 8. To drink, drinking.
Chapter IV. Collateral Study, 274, 282-289
Lesson 7. Ser
276 a. Vocabulary 66.
1. The German, the Germans. 2. The city, the cities.
3. The country, the countries. 4. The seaports. 5. The
rivers.
67-68.
1. What are France and Spain? What are they?
2. They are countries. 3. What is New York ? 4. It is
a city. 5. Isn't New York a state? 6. San Jose* and
San Diego are cities. 7. Florida is a state. 8. New
Orleans and Veracruz are ports of the Gulf of Mexico.
274-279. Vocabularies 69 and 71.
I. The other (otro) Frenchman, the other Frenchmen.
2. The other German, the other Germans. 3. The
Englishman, the Englishmen. 4. The Russian, the
Russians. 5. The inhabitants of England are English.
198 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
6. The inhabitants of the United States are Americans.
7. Are you Russians, boys? 8. No, sir, we are not
Russians. 9. I am a Spaniard. 10. You are a Chilean,
but (pero) you are not in Chile. II. We are not Japanese
and we are not in Japan (el Japon).
Lesson 8. Ser; Mi, Su, Nuestro
74, 76 ; 274, 286. Vocabularies 63, 73, and 77.
1. My sister, my sisters. 2. His mother, her mother.
3. His brothers, her brothers. 4. Her servant, their serv-
ant. 5. Our chocolate, our wine. 6. Better milk,
better oranges. 7. Are coffee and tea beverages ? Are
they beverages ? 8. Bread and meat are foods. 9. Is
chocolate better than coffee? Is it better than coffee?
10. I am a girl. 11. I am Fannie. I am Mary's
sister. 12. We are sisters.
Lesson 9. Ser; Este, Ese, Aquel; Comparison
80-81 ; 288-289. Vocabulary 79.
1. This pupil, this watch, this wall, this window.
2. These walls, these windows. 3. That pupil, that
watch, that window. 4. Those nights. 5. This small
pen, these small pens. 6. His large books. 7. These
rooms are large. 8. These are our rooms. 9. Our
rooms are larger than the other rooms. 10. These
plants are large and those are small.
82-83. Vocabulary 84.
1. This fountain pen is not as large as mine (la mia).
2. Where is the stove ? Where is it ? 3. It is in this
corner of the room near my seat. 4. That inkwell is
smaller than mine.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 199
Lesson 10. Ser
87 ; 273-274, 288-289. Vocabulary 86.
1. A contractor, a nail, an entrance. 2. The con-
tractors, the tools. 3. These tools, these hammers.
4. That painter near you. 5. These men are carpen-
ters. Where are they? 6. They are near the house.
7. What are these? 8. They are my hammers and
saws. 9. Where are the nails? Are they in a small
barrel? 10. Are the barrels large? II. What are
you? Are you plumbers? 12. No, sir, we are carpen-
ters. 13. What are you, Mr. Alvarado? 14. I am a
contractor.
88 ; 273-274. Vocabulary 89.
1. Mr. Alvarado is building these houses for Fannie's
father. 2. Aren't the houses on Dolores Street ?
3. They are not on Dolores Street. • 4. Are the houses
small ? 5. They are large. 6. The rooms for the
boys are not small. 7. They are on the upper floor.
8. The new house is beautiful. u. Do you know how
many stories it has? 10. I don't know. 11. What
does contractor mean ? 1 2. What is this street called ?
13. It is called Guerrero Street.
Review. Del, Al
1. The coffee of the Englishman. 2. The bread of
the child. 3. The children's bread. 4. I give (doy)
the butter to the lady. 5. I give the butter to the ladies.
6. I give the pitcher to the boy. 7. I give the pitchers
to the boys.
200 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Spelling. Write from dictation: mesa, besa, mes, tres,
pero, dedo; doce, trece, catorce, calle; nina, nino, disco,
silla ; rio, tio, mio, lio, dia.
Chapter V. Collateral Study, 290-302
Lesson 11. Regular Verbs of the First Conjugation; Sign
of the Personal Object; Objective Pronouns
280, 286. Vocabulary 91.
1. His butcher shop, his butcher shops. 2. Her
butcher, her butchers. 3. Their daughter, their daugh-
ters. 4. To send, sending. 5. To buy, buying. 6. To
pay, paying.
92; 290, 293-295. Vocabularies 91 and 93.
1. I see Frances. 2. I see her mother. 3. I don't
see the meat. 4. What do you see, Philip? 5. I see
the butcher shop and I see the butcher. 6. Don't you
see the painters ? 7. The aeronaut calls Albert. 8. The
aeronaut calls the assistants. 9. Mrs. Oviedo and Fan-
nie buy a salmon. They carry the salmon home. 10. I
buy the nails and I pay the carpenter. 11. I don't buy
meat. 12. I don't pay the butcher. 13. Mrs. Oviedo
buys meat every day. She pays twenty cents a pound for
chops.
See also Verb Exercises, page 216, I.
291-295. Vocabularies 91 and 93.
1. I buy a trout. I buy it. 2. I pay the fisherman.
I pay him. 3. I don't pay him. 4. We buy a tur-
key. We buy it. 5. We don't buy it. 6. We help
him. We don't help him.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 201
Lesson 12. Regular Verbs of the Second Conjugation;
Time of Day; Infinitive after Prepositions
294-295. Vocabulary 99.
1. Every day, every morning, every afternoon.
2. Every bakery, every pastrycook. 3. All day, all
the morning, all the afternoon, all night. 4. We eat, we
arrive, we work. 5. We don't eat, we don't work.
100, 104; 293-296. Vocabulary 101.
1. I am Francis. I make pies. I make them. 2. I
am Philip. I don't make pies. I eat them. 3. We have
a cake. We eat it. We don't eat h\ 4. We do not
work during the afternoon. 5. Philip works all day.
He works all day. 6. Is it one o'clock already ? 7. Not
yet; it is twelve o'clock. 8. It is a quarter to eleven.
It is not time to dine. 9. After dining, after arriving,
after working (Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 20). 10. After
buying, after paying.
Lesson 13. Regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation
278. Vocabulary 106.
1. Many buns, many baskets, many clerks. 2. Dif-
ferent buns, different baskets. 3. Several employees,
several bakers, several ladies. 4. Much (mucho) bread,
much milk. 5. How much bread? How much milk?
6. How many bakeries? 7. He receives. Does he
receive ? 8. He supplies. Does he supply ?
109; 271, 295-297. Vocabulary 106.
I. Has Mr. Cabrera many pies? 2. Has he much
bread? 3. He hasn't many rolls. 4. I have four
202 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
clerks. 5. You sell bread. Do you sell bread?
6. What do you sell in your store ? Do you sell bread ?
7. I don't sell anything (no vendo nada). 8. You
make a thousand (mil) loaves a day. 9. I am a baker.
I have a bakery on Mission street. I make pies and bread.
I sell bread to several cafe^s and hotels.
Lesson 14. Regular Verbs (Cont.); The Possessive Adjec-
tive your ; Alguno, Ninguno
286, 301, 295. Vocabulary m.
I. My poppy, my garden. 2. My poppies, my gardens.
3. Her white lilies, her red roses. 4. Their lilies, their
roses. 5. Her rose bush, his rose bush, their rose bush
{express all three in the same way). 6. His friend, their
friend. 7. His friends, their friends. 8. Write each of
the following in two ways : your flower, your dress, your
summer house; your flowers, your summer houses, your
dresses. 9. They take away. Do they take away ?
Don't they take away ? 10. To pass, passing. II. To
take care of, taking care of.
m-112; 294, 299.
1. The girls pass twenty minutes in the garden. They
take care of the plants. They take away the dry leaves.
2. Do they take away the dry leaves ? 3. We water the
shrubs every morning. We give some flowers to Miss
Fannie. 4. What a fragrant rose! 5. What pretty
geraniums ! 6. How pretty Mary is in her pink frock !
112-113; 301-302. Vocabulary 111.
1. Which are your flower beds, Fannie? 2. These.
3. Where are your rose bushes, Mary ? 4. I have none.
5. I have neither roses nor lilies this year.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 2C>3
113 ; 276 <z, 278. Vocabularies 114 and 115.
1. A few flowers. 2. A few violets. 3. A few little
buds. 4. A few red roses. 5. Some white flowers.
6. Some little buds. 7. Do you wish to gather some
violets? 8. I wish to gather some. 9. I am going to
work. 10. Papa is going to sell the house. II. He is
not going to sell the house.
Lesson 15. Regular Verbs {Cont.)\ Objective Pronouns
after Infinitives
295. Vocabulary 120.
1. To rent a store, to rent it. 2. To rent houses,
to rent them. 3. To occupy two stories, to occupy
them. 4. No (338) store, no stores. 5. No property.
6. They reside. Do they reside? Don't they reside
here? 7. They pay. Do they pay? Don't they pay ?
121 ; 290-292, 295-299. Vocabularies 120 and 122.
1. Is Guerrero street the principal street of San Fran-
cisco ? 2. No, sir, Market street is the principal street.
3. Frank (Paco) and Thomas live at 40 Garden street.
4. Do they live on Garden street? 5. Yes, sir. They
have rooms on the second floor. 6. I think that (creo que)
they pay eighteen dollars per month. 7. How much do
they pay ? Do they pay eighteen dollars ? 8. I think so
(Creo que si). 9. Who pays the rent (el alquiler)?
10. We don't pay it. II. I see (veo) Isabel. I see her.
She is in the store with her brother John. She is very
pretty. 12. You see them. 13. Do you see them?
14. You rent a room. You rent it. 15. Do you rent it?
16. You ring the bell. You ring it. 17. Do you ring
it? 18. Don't you ring it?
204 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Lesson 16. Regular Verbs (Cont.)\ Idioms (tengo color, etc.)
132-133 ; 286, 301, 291. Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 20.
Vocabulary 126.
1. Your pen, your pens. 2. Your paper, your papers.
3. His dovecote, their dovecote. 4. The large letter
box. 5. Before taking the pen, before taking it. 6. Be-
fore putting the letter into the letter box, before putting it
into the letter box. 7. Without lighting the gas, without
lighting it.
127, 129; 291-292, 295, 299. Vocabulary 128.
1. You write (sing.). Do you write ? Don't you write ?
2. You interrupt (plur.). Do you interrupt ? Don't you
interrupt? 3. You take your pen and write a letter.
After finishing it, you put (mete) it into the letter box.
4. We write several letters. We finish them. We
give (damos) them to the letter carrier when he passes.
After giving them to the letter carrier, we enter the dining
room and light the gas. 5. When do the letter carriers
pass? 6. I don't know (89). 7. Have you much to do
to-day ? 8. I have nothing to do. 9. We don't inter-
rupt any one (nadie). 10. Who has my pen ? II. Who
has it? 12. I have it
Vocabulary 128.
1. Here is a sheet of paper. 2. Fannie is writing the
address on the envelope. 3. This is a registered letter.
4. I am cold and hungry. 5. We are warm. 6. You are
warm. 7. Are you thirsty ? 8. No sir, I am not thirsty.
9. I don't have to go. 10. We have to write the
address.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 205
Chapter VI. Collateral Study, 272, 303-309
Lesson 17. Past Participles used with Estar
301-302. Vocabulary 134.
1. Where is your napkin? 2. You have your napkin.
3. Your wife is seated. 4. She is at your side.
135 J 273, 303-304. Vocabulary 134.
1. The cooks prepare the supper. 2. They are stand-
ing near the stove. 3. The windows are not open ; they
are closed. 4. Is it time to dine already? 5. It is half
past five. 6. Is the soup served ? 7. Are the napkins
placed on the table ?
Lesson 18. Past Participles used with Haber
133, Rule 2 ; 198, Rule; 302-303, 306. Vocabulary 140.
Classroom Work. See Exercises on Verbs, page 218,
3 and 4.
1. Have you your cup? 2. You have your cup.
3. To give it. 4. .Giving; giving it. 5. Washing;
washing them. 6. Carrying them. 7. Carried, washed,
given, concluded.
141 ; 272, 303-305, 308-309. Vocabulary 140.
1. Where have you gone, Frances? 2. I have gone
into the drawing room. 3. Have you taken off the
tablecloth? 4. Have you washed the dishes, Theresa?
5. We have made a pudding for dinner. We have
made it. We have served it, 6. Have we served it ?
7. Haven't we served it ?
206 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Vocabularies 136 and 142.
1. Will you kindly pass me the vinegar? 2. Please
pass me the oil. 3. I should like to drink a cup of
coffee. 4. I should like to eat a potato. 5. I should
like to take breakfast at six.
Lesson 19. Past Participles used with Haber {Cont.)
146-148; 271-274, 280-281, 303-305, 308-309.
l* i> h f> to- 2* The sixth part; the tenth part.
3. We are four boys. We have bought this pie and
Charley is dividing it (198, Rule) with his pocket knife.
Now the pie is divided. We are eating it. Now we have
eaten it. Now (ya) we have no pie. 4. Who has three
dollars and a half ? 5. I have. 6. I like (136) apple
pie. 7. I do not like vinegar. 8. Do you like fried
meat ? Do you not like fried meat ?
Lesson 20. Past Participles used with Haber {Cont.)
198, Rule; 280-281, 303, 306, 308-309.
1. Meeting him. 2. Being there. 3. To be, been.
4. To meet, met. 5. The round-trip ticket 6. He
has bought it. 7. Has he bought it? 8. Has he not
bought it ? 9. Joseph has met him.
Vocabularies 115, 150, and 152.
1. Good morning, Charley ! 2. I am glad to know your
friend. 3. I am glad to see you. 4. So (con que) you
have bought a ticket to Los Angeles! 5. So you are
going there ! 6. You are going to-day, are you not ?
(Notes, Idioms, and Phrases, 1 5.) 7. We are going on
the three o'clock train.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 207
Lesson 21. Past Participles used with Haber (Cont.)
302. Vocabulary 156.
1. Have you your cigars? 2. George has your cigars.
3. Smoking them. 4. Arriving. 5. Smoked, arrived,
alighted.
I57-I58. Vocabulary 156.
1. Mr. Castro opens the window. After opening it he
smokes a cigar.* 2. We are entering the smoking car.
3. Now (ya) we have entered the smoking car. We are
opening the window. 4. We have already (ya) opened
it. 5. We have already smoked three cigars. 6. It
seems to me that the train has reached the station. 7. I
am right, am I not ? 8. We are right, are we not ? 9. I
have just (150) entered the ticket office. 10. You have
just arrived. 11. We have just arrived. 12. Turn to
354 and write sentences, using the past participles with
which you are familiar.
Chapter VII. Collateral Study, 280-281, 305
Lesson 22. Gerunds (concluyendo, etc.) ; Double Negatives
133, Rules 1 and 2 ; 164 ; 338. Vocabulary 160.
1. No year, no gift, no king. 2. No bell, no night, no
Christmas. 3. No years, no gifts. 4. No bells, no
nights. 5. Some year, some night. 6. Ringing it.
7. After ringing it. 8. Knowing it. 9. After knowing
it. 10. Bringing.
117, 161. Vocabularies 160 and 162.
1. The first of January is called (89) New Year's Day.
2. This boy is called Joe. 3. Albert is welcoming his
208 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
friends. 4. Does St. Nicholas bring presents to children ?
5. I wish you a happy New Year ! 6. Joe has no gifts.
He has not received any. 7. Joe does not know (355 c)
anything. 8. I do not know anything.
Lesson 23. Gerunds (concluyendo, etc.) ; Estaba
168, 171 ; 281, 305, footnote. Vocabularies 166 and 170.
I. Dancing, playing, singing. 2. Reading, believing,
bringing, concluding. 3. I was smoking ; I was dancing.
4. We were smoking; we were dancing. 5. Which of
the dancers ? Which one ? 6. Which of the newspapers ?
Which ones ? 7. I was reading the newspaper while
my wife (esposa) was playing the piano and my daughter
was dancing the cachucha. Tommy and Paul were play-
ing a game of checkers. Mary was imitating her sister.
8. The boys were not singing and dancing. 9. Is it
daytime ? 10. Are Mr. and Mrs. Wilson in the library ?
1 1. Are you bringing them (les) the magazines ? 12. Are
you reading the newspaper? Are you reading it?
13. Have you read it ?
Review. Estar and Haber
1. Ask and answer the questions in 54 b, substituting
was and were for is and are respectively (167). {Give the
answers in English and Spanish})
2o Read 61, 62, and 64, substituting was and were, as
in 1. Answer the questions in 64.
3. Give ten sentences from 56 and 57, making the same
substitution. Do not use the first sentence in either of
these sections.
4. Read several sentences from 135, varying as above.
See 339 (a), 2 and 3.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 209
5. Give ten sentences from 141 and 144, substituting
had for has and have. See 339 (a), 2, 3, and 5.
Chapter VIII. Some Idioms
Lesson 24. Hay ; Idioms {Climate)
Vocabularies 173 and 128.
1. It is warm here, but it is cold on the other side of the
bay. 2. I am cold. 3. Are you cold ? 4. No, sir,
I am warm. 5. Is it windy to-day? 6. It is very
windy. 7. Is there a kite on the table? 8. There is
nothing on the table (117).
175. Vocabulary 174.
1. This is a national holiday. 2. The weather is very
pleasant to-day. It is neither cold nor windy. 3. Dur-
ing the rainy season in Mexico it rains almost every after-
noon. 4. Next Monday will be the thirtieth of May.
5. Every summer, every winter, every spring.
198, Rule. Vocabulary 177.
1. Come to the window. It has snowed during the night
and the ground is covered with snow. 2. Let us go out
now. It is not very cold. 3. Bring the cakes to the table.
Bring them. 4. Tell me the story. 5. Tell it to me.
Chapter IX. Collateral Study, 310-326
Lesson 25. Present Indicative of Cerrar and Sentar
Classroom Work. See Exercise on 320, page 218, 8.
310. Vocabulary 180.
1. They close. Do they close? 2. Do they say?
Don't they say? 3. Do they want? Don't they
READING SPAN. 1 4 *
210 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
want? 4. You (plur.) come. Do you come? Don't
you come ?
180-186.
1. We close the window and seat ourselves in front of
the desk. 2. I close the window and seat myself near
the window to read a magazine. 3. They come at least
once a day, but they don't wish to see any one. 4. In
front of the desk ; in front of it {see Notes, Idioms, and
Phrases, 95).
Chapter X. Collateral Study, 327-329
Lesson 26. Reflexive Pronouns
198, Rule. Vocabularies 188 and 189.
1. I cut myself. I look at myself. 2. He cuts him-
self. He doesn't cut himself. 3. She cuts herself.
Does she cut herself ? 4. We see ourselves. We don't
see ourselves.
191, 198, Rule. Vocabularies 180, 188, and 189.
1. I can (puedo) shave myself. 2. Francis and George
shave themselves. They never cut themselves. 3. Philip
shaves three or four times a week. He always looks at
himself in the mirror while he is shaving. He has never
cut himself. Philip is very skillful. 4. I am going to
take off my shoes. I am going to lie down. 5. I want
to go to bed.
195-199.
1. Aren't you tired, ladies? Don't you wish to take
off your hats ? 2. We have returned (vuelto) from the
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 211
reception. We take off our dress suits (trajes de etiqueta).
We put on our dressing gowns. We lie down to rest
awhile. 3. We take off our gloves. We take them
off. 4. You wish to put on a wrapper. You wish to
put it on.
Lesson 27. The Aorist
200; 327-329.
1. Mrs. Oviedo prepared the breakfast, and the family
ate it. After breakfast Fannie took off the tablecloth
and washed the dishes. 2. Mr. Castro bought a ticket
for San Jose\ After buying it, he met Mr. Oviedo.
The two entered the smoking car and seated them-
selves. Mr. Oviedo opened the window. They smoked
a few cigars. 3. I smoked a cigar. 4. You smoked
a pipe.
Review 91 and 92.
1. The butcher charged eighty cents for the meat that
Fannie bought. She paid him. After paying him, she
carried the meat home. 2. The butcher charged me
fifty cents for what I bought. I paid (346, 3 and 347 d)
him and carried the meat home. 3, I paid him. I did
not pay him. 4. You sold cutlets. Did you sell
cutlets ?
Review 129.
1. Albert took a pen and wrote a part of his letter.
Joe whistled. Albert threw his pen on the table and went
out into the garden. They played ball. 2. Charley
wrote. Charley did not write. 3. We whistled. Did
we whistle ? Didn't we whistle ?
212
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Chapter XL Collateral Study, 330
Lesson 28. Reflexive Verbs ; Aorist and Compound Tenses
306, 308-309. Vocabulary 204.
1. To sweep, sweeping. 2. To pick up, picking up.
3. To perform, performing. 4. Swept, picked up, per-
formed. 5. I have swept the floor. 6. I have picked
up the papers. 7. I have performed my duties.
8. Write 5, 6, and 7, substituting / had for / have.
205-208 ; 327-329. Vocabulary 204.
1. We arose at six o'clock and dressed in fifteen
minutes. 2. We washed our hands and faces. 3. We
washed them. 4. I arose and dressed myself at a
quarter to seven. 5. I combed my hair. 6. I have
my own comb. 7. We have washed the floor. 8. I
have combed my hair. 9. You have not dressed your-
selves ! You have not washed your hands ! 10. They
go to bed with the chickens.
BLACKBOARD EXERCISES
Write the following words from dictation :
a. 306, 327-328 ; 7, Rules 1 and 3.
I
2
entro
llego
vivo
vendo
entr6
juzgo
vivi6
vendi6
compro
condeno
escribo
permito
compr6
lleg6
escribi6
permiti6
alquilo
juzg6
meto
ofendo
^lquil6
conden6
meti6
ofendid
BLACKBOARD EXERCISES
213
3
4
entre
lave
comemos
encendimos
entre
quite
comimos
ofendemos
compre
fum6
metemos
ofendimos
compre
lave
metimos
vendemos
fume
quite
encendemos
vendimos
Give the meaning of the words in groups 1, 2, and 4.
{See 307 a.)
t>. 346-347.
I
2
3
4
5
ataque
pague
alcance
cojo
cojo
atac6
pag6
alcanz6
coge
coge
busqud
castigue
goc^
recojo
coja
busc6
castig6
goz6
recoge
escojo
buscamos
castigamos
gozamos
recogemos
escoge
busca
castiga
goza
recogimos
escoja
toque
entregue
venci
dirijo
dirijo
toc6
entreg6
venzo
dirige
dirige
tocaron
entregaron
venci6
dirigi6
dirija
toca
entrega
vencieron
vencemos
vencimos
dirigimos
dirigieroa
6
7
8
9
atacamos
pagamos
alcanzamos
cojamos
ataquemos
paguemos
alcancemos
cogimos
tocamos
llegamos
disfrazamos
encojamos
toquemos
lleguemos
disfracemos
encogimos
secamos
tragamos
empezamos
sequemos
traguemos
empecemos
What do
the words in
1 columns 1
to 4 meant {See
307 b.)
214 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Lesson 29. Semi-regular Verbs; Aorist
211-216; 314-319, 327-329.
1. I crossed the meadow and soon found myself in the
wood. 2. I took off my shoes and waded in the water.
3. John filled his pockets with hazel nuts. 4. He sent
the nuts to the children. 5. Change 1 and 2 to the pres-
ent tense. 6. I feel thirsty and I return to that little
stream. 7. I return home at six. 8. I sleep in that
bed. 9. We feel thirsty. We return to the lake.
10. It is not long ago (see Notes, Idioms, and Phrases,
103). I saw him about two miles from the ranch. I saw
him about four o'clock.
Lesson 30. Reflexive Construction as Passive
218-221 ; 327-331.
1. The lighthouse keeper lit the light but he extin-
guished it during the night. 2. The captain did not see
the light. 3. His ship was in great danger. 4. The
light was extinguished at eleven. 5. When the ship
arrived, no light was seen in the tower. 6. There is
a group of small islands about thirty miles from San
Francisco. 7. On one of these islands has been placed a
lighthouse. 8. The lights on the coast near San Francisco
are easily recognized at a distance of twenty-five miles.
Imperfect and Future Indicative of Regular and Semi'
regular Verbs, 339 (a) Note and 359
Note to the Teacher. — This is a good place to bring out the striking
difference between Spanish and English in the matter of inflection. Many
difficulties will be avoided later if the pupil sees clearly here that the verb
endings do in Spanish most of what the auxiliaries shall, will, may, might,
should, and would, and the subject pronouns do in English.
EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION 21 5
Classroom Work.
i. See Exercises on Verbs, page 219, 15. 2. Using
verbs from 307, practice on these tenses as in 95.
Use the imperfect and the future indicative in spoken
and written paragraphs based on preceding lessons as
follows : — Imperfect : 104, II ; 112, first three paragraphs ;
124, I; 205. Future: 148; 158, II; 184, I; 191,11;
200, 5.
Special Lessons, 340
I. Form adverbs from the following adjectives by add-
ing mente to the feminine singular of each : triste, sad ;
f acil, easy ; bonito, pretty ; rapido, rapid ; atento, attentive.
2. In like manner, form the following adverbs : princi-
pally, nobly, probably, diligently, exactly, publicly, effec-
tively, divinely. (See 12 a, b, c, and e.)
Review: Gender and Number in Nouns and Adjectives
275-276 a ; 7, Rule 3, note.
Turn to 11 and write the plurals of four nouns with the
appropriate article from each of the following groups : a,
C* d, e,f, h, and L
278.
1. Write the feminine singular of the adjectives in 12/
and h. 2. Write the masculine and feminine plural of
three adjectives in 12 e. 3. Which groups of adjectives
in 12 have the same termination in both genders?
4. Write the plurals of five adjectives from 12 a ; from
12 b.
2l6 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
EXERCISES ON VERBS FOR CLASSROOM WORK
NOTE. — As soon as the pupil has mastered 306, he should use columns 1 to 4
in 359 a for reference in all verb and composition exercises. He will thus know
these endings in their relation to the veib as a whole and, when other tenses are
introduced, will learn them with little difficulty.
Regular Forms. See 359 a
1. Write the present tense indicative of the following verbs (307 a
and b).
a
b c
d
e
bajar
correr subir
buscar
llegar
lavar
responder permitir
tocar
pagar
trabajar
vender vivir
secar
tragar
Model for
written form : —
NFINITIVE
Singular
Plural
1st per. 3d per.
1st per.
3dper.
BAJAR
bajo baja
bajamos
bajan
LAVAR
lavo lava
lavamos
lavan
Model for
oral translation : —
As STATEMENTS
As QUESTIONS
CORRER
to run
corro
I run
do I run ?
corre
he, she, or it runs ; you (s.)
run
does he run f
corremos
we run
do we run ?
corren
they or you (pi.) run
do they run ?
Note. — Write the first person singular of all of the verbs in a before proceed-
ing to the third singular, and the third singular before the first plural, and so on
throughout. In like manner write b, c, d, and e.
(1) Pronounce the first singular of the verbs in b\ translate. Pro-
nounce the third singular; translate. Similarly pronounce and trans-
late the other forms. (2) Translate e as questions.
2. Write the present tense indicative of the following expressions
{see Note, Exercise 1 above) : —
a. Position of Objective Pronouns. (i) sacarlo, tragarlo.
EXERCISES ON VERBS FOR CLASSROOM WORK
217
(2) ofenderlo, coserla, recibirlas, permitirlo.
b. Reflexive Verbs. {Write in parentheses the subject pronouns.')
afeitarse to shave levantarse to get up
cortarse to cut one's self quitarselo to take it off
anunciarse to announce one's self
Model
Infin. LEVANTARSE
1st s. (yo) melevanto
3d s. (el, ella, or Vd.) se levanta
1st pi. (nosotros) nos levantamos
3d pi. (ellos or ellas) se levantan
c. Verb Phrases.
dejar de trabajar
dejar de escribir
acabar de salir
acabar de entrar
to get up
I get up,
etc.
do I get up ?
does he get up t
etc.
to stop working
to stop writing
to have just gone out
to have just entered
Infin. DEJAR DE TRABAJAR
1st s. dejo de trabajar
3d s. deja de trabajar
1st pi. dejamos de trabajar
3d pi. dejan de trabajar
Model
to stop working
I stop working
he stops working
we stop working
they stop working
do I stop working?
does he stop working?
etc.
(1) Read the first person singular of a\ translate. (2) Similarly
read and translate the first person singular of b; the other forms,
(3) Translate c as questions.
3. Write the past participles of the following : —
alcanzar
coger
cerrar
mostrar
pedir conocer
gozar
escoger
perder
acostar
repetir ofrecer
veneer
dirigir
atravesar
doler
servir parecer
convencer
calentar
mover
(3°7 b> 32°-322> 324> and 325.)
Pronounce and translate each group.
2l8 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
4. Present perfect indicative. Complete the following : —
Infinitive Singular Plural
ist per. 3d per. 1st per. 3d per.
llegar he llegado ha Uegado
pagar he pagado
venders lo he vendido
mRiGiRLO lo he dirigido
Translate as statements ; as questions.
5. Write the gerunds of four verbs from each group in 307 ; four
from 320 and 321. Pronounce and translate.
6. Peculiarities in spelling. Write and pronounce the first person
singular of the present indicative of the verbs in 307 b, 2 and 4 (see
346, 2 and 4). Write also the gerund, the past participle, and the
present indicative of the following : gozar, alcanzar, veneer, and con-
vencer ; coger, recoger, and dirigir. Pronounce.
Regular and Semi-regular Forms. See 359 a and 314-319.
7. Write the gerunds of four verbs from each of the following sec-
tions : 320-324 (see 315 and 319 a) and 325-326 (see 305, footnote).
Pronounce.
8. Write the present indicative of three verbs from each of the fol-
lowing sections : 320-321' (see 314 and 319 a) and 322-324 (see 314-
315 and 319 a). For practice, express the subject pronouns with the
last three verbs (see 282-285, and Exercise 2 b, Model).
9. Write the past participles and gerunds of the verbs used in Exer-
cise 8 from 320-321 ; of all the verbs in 322-324. Pronounce.
10. Review. Write all the simple forms you know of two verbs
from each of the following sections : 307, 320-324.
11. Write the gerunds and past participles of all the verbs in 325-
326. Pronounce.
12. Write the present indicative of three verbs from 325; three
from 326. Pronounce the first person singular; the third singular.
Translate as questions.
13. Write the aorist indicative of the following (see Note, Exer-
cise 1) : —
afeitar tocar pagar alcanzar vencerse coger
correr buscar tragar gozar convencerse dirigirse
partir (See 307 and 346.)
EXERCISES ON VERBS FOR CLASSROOM WORK 219
Translate the first three as statements and as questions. Pronounce
the infinitive and aorist first and third persons singular of tocar and
the verbs following it. Example : pagar, pagui, pag6.
14. Write the aorist indicative of the verbs in Exercise 8 above
(see 319 b), and of the expression, almorzar con ella.
15. Write the imperfect and future indicative of (a) buscar, pagar,
^nd escoger; (b) divertirse, dormirse, and despedirse; and (c) the
expressions lavarse las manos, and quitarse los guantes. With dor-
mirse and buscar express in parentheses the subject pronouns (see 282
and Model in 2 b above) .
NOTE. — There is no irregularity in these tenses in semi-regular verbs.
Pronounce the first person singular of the verbs in (a) ; translate. In
like manner pronounce and translate the other forms in (a); in (&).
Translate (c) as questions.
Models
Imperfect indicative.
Infinitive Singular
1st per. 3d per.
pagar pagaba pagaba
escoger escogia escogia
Plural
1st per. 3d per.
pagabamos pagaban
escogiamos escogian
Future indicative.
pagar pagare"
pagara
pagaremos
pagaran
escoger escogere"
escogera
escogeremos
escogerah
Various translations of the imperfect.
pagaba I was paying I used to pay I paid did I pay ?
pagaba he was paying he used to pay he paid did he pay?
pagabamos we were paying we used to pay we paid did we pay ?
pagaban they were paying they used to pay they paid did they pay?
Translation of the future.
As STATEMENTS
pagar£ I shall pay
pagarft he will pay
pagaremos we shall pay
pagaran they will pay
AS QUESTIONS
shall I pay ?
will he pay ?
shall we pay ?
will they pay ?
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
NOTE. — ch, 11, and fi are separate consonants in Spanish ; hence words con-
taining them are usually grouped separately in vocabularies. Manana will be found
after manzana, ano after anuncio, alii and alia after alto, etc.
a, to, at, from.
abajo, down.
abanico, pi., fan. ,
abierto, open; p.p., opened.
abrazar, to embrace, comprise.
abrigo, m., wrap, cloak.
abril, April.
abrir, to open.
abultado, bulky, thick.
abundancia, _/.', abundance, plenty.
abur (colloq.) , good-by.
aca, here.
acabado, finished.
acabar, to finish ; acabo de salir, 1
have just come out.
acaso, perhaps; por si acaso, in case
perchance,
accidente, »/., accident.
aceite, m., oil.
aceituna,/, olive.
acerca de, prep.> concerning, about,
acero, m.y steel,
acolchada, wadded,
aconsejar, to advise.
acostarse (A), to go to bed.
acto, m., act; en el acto, immediately,
actualmente, at present,
acuesta, see acostarse.
adelantar, to advance.
adelante, forward ; en adelante, in
future,
ademas, besides.
adentro, within.
administraci6n, /, administration.
admisi6n,/., admission.
admitir, to admit.
adorno, m., ornament; de adorno,
ornamental,
adquerir (B), to acquire,
aduana, customhouse.
advertir (B), to give notice, acquaint,
advierte, see advertir.
afeitarse, to shave one's self.
Africa,/, Africa,
africano, African,
agosto, August.
agradable, agreeable, pleasant,
agradecido, grateful, obliged,
agricultor, m., tiller of the soil,
agricultura,/, agriculture.
• agua,/, water,
aguja,/, needle.
ahi, there (near person spoken to).
ahogar, to drown,
ahora, now.
aire, m., air ; hace mucho aire, it is
very windy,
al (a el), to the, at the, from the.
alambre, mH wire,
alcance, m.y reach,
alcanzar, to reach,
aldea,/, village,
alegrarse, to be glad,
aleli, m.y stock, gillyflower,
aleman, m., German.
220
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
22 r
alero, m., eaves.
alfombra, /, carpet.
algo, something; somewhat.
algodones, m. pi., cotton goods.
alguien, some one, any one.
alguno (algiin), some, any; some one,
anyone; alguna parte, somewhere.
alimento, m., food.
alia, alii, see page 220, note.
almendra,/, almond.
almohada,/, pillow.
almorzar (A), to eat breakfast.
almuerzo, m., breakfast.
alquilar, to rent.
alto, high, tall.
altura,/, height, elevation.
alia, there {implying an indefinite
place, or motion toward a place).
alii, there {implying rest in a place).
ama,/., mistress.
amapola,/, poppy.
amar, to love.
amarillo, yellow.
amiga,/, friend.
amigo, m., friend.
amiguito, m., little friend.
ancho, broad, large.
angosto, narrow.
animado, animated.
animal, m., animal.
antartico, antarctic.
ante, prep., in the presence of, before.
antes, formerly, before ; antes de,
before.
antiguo, ancient, old.
anuncio, m., advertisement, announce-
ment..
ano, m., year; ano nuevo, New Year.
apagar, to extinguish.
aparecer, to appear.
apio, m., celery.
aplastado, flattened, crushed.
apuntes, m. pi., notes.
aquel, that {referring to something not
near person spoken to).
aquellos, those (//. of aquel;.
aqul, here.
aragon£s, m., a native of Aragon.
drbol, m., tree.
arbolito, m., little tree.
arbusto, m., bush, shrub.
arriba, up, above, upstairs.
arroyo, /«., stream.
arroz, m., rice.
artico, arctic.
articulo, m., article.
artificial, artificial.
asado, m., roast; p.p., roasted.
ascensor, m., elevator.
asentar, to note ; asentar una par-
tida, make an entry.
asi, thus, so.
asiento, m., seat.
atenci6n,/, attention.
atisbar, to pry, watch, get a peep at.
atole, m., corn meal mush.
atraer, to attract.
atravesar (A), to cross over, go
through.
atraviesan, see atravesar.
aumentar, to augment.
aun, even, still, yet.
aunque, although.
auxilio, m., aid.
ave,/, bird.
avellana,/, hazel nut.
avenida,/!, avenue.
avergonzado, ashamed.
avisar, to inform, notify.
ayudar, to help.
ayuntamiento, m., body of magis-
trates of a city or town; casa de
ayuntamiento, City Hall.
azucar, m., sugar.
azul, blue.
B
bahia, /, bay.
bailadora,/., dancer.
bailar, to dance.
bajar, to alight, come down, lower.
222 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
bajemos (imperative), let us alight.
bajo, low; el piso bajo, the ground
floor; prep., under,
bala,/, ball,
bandeja,/, tray.
banar, to bathe.
bano, m.y bath.
barato, cheap,
barba,/, beard,
barberia,/., barber shop,
barranca, /, gorge, ravine,
barrer, to sweep.
barril, m., barrel, keg.
basado, based.
bata,/, wrapper, dressing gown,
baiil, m., trunk.
bazar, m., bazaar.
beber, to drink.
bebida,/., drink.
belleza, /, beauty.
bellota,/., acorn.
bendita, blessed.
biblioteca, /, library.
bien, well.
bienvenida, /, welcome,
biftec, m., beefsteak.
billete, m., ticket.
bizcocho, m., plain cake, bun.
bianco, white,
boca,/., mouth.
I bola, /, ball.
bolsillo, m , pocket.
bollo, fli«, small biscuit or cake.
bondad,/, kindness.
bonito, pretty.
bordo ; a bordo, on board.
borrar, to erase.
bosque, m., woods, forest.
bot6n, m., button, bud.
brasileno, Brazilian.
brazo, m., arm.
breve, brief, short.
brillante, brilliant.
brujula,/, magnetic needle, compass,
bueno (buen), good.
bulto, m., bundle, package,
bullicioso, noisy.
buque, m., vessel.
buscar, to seek, look for.
butaca,^, easy chair, orchestra seat.
buz6n, m., letter box.
cabalmente, exactly, precisely.
caballero, m., gentleman.
caballo, m.f horse.
cabello, m., hair.
cabeza,/, head.
cabo, m., end; cape; cabo de Hornos,
Cape Horn.
cacao, m., chocolate tree.
cachucha, /, cachucha (a Spanish
dance) .
cada, each.
cafe, m., coffee.
cafetal, m.y coffee plantation.
cafeto, m.f coffee tree.
caido, fallen.
caja,/, box; cash.
calidad,/, quality.
calido, hot.
caliente, hot.
calor, m., heat ; hace calor, it is warm;
tener calor, to be warm.
calle,/, street.
cama,/, bed.
camara, /, chamber ; Camara de
Diputados, House of Representa-
tives.
camarada, m., comrade, companion.
camello, m., camel.
camino, mi, road, way.
campana,/, bell.
campanilla, /, small bell.
campo, m., field, country.
cana, Canada, see page 220, note.
canal, m., channel, canal.
canasta, basket.
canastillo, w-, flat basket.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
223
canci6n,/, song.
cansado, tired.
cansar, to tire.
cantar, to sing.
cantidad,/, quantity.
canto, m., song; short poem.
cana,/, cane, reed.
Canada,/, valley, glen.
ca36n,/, cannon.
caoba, /, mahogany tree.
capital,/, capital city.
capullito, m., little bud.
cara, /, face.
caracter, m., characteristic.
cargar, to charge, load.
carinoso, affectionate.
Carlitos, Charley.
Carlos, Charles.
carne,/, meat, flesh ; carne de vaca,
beef.
carnero, m., sheep; mutton.
carniceria,/, butcher shop.
carnicero, m., butcher.
caro, dear, expensive.
carpintero, m., carpenter.
carro, m., wagon, cart.
carta,/, letter.
cartero, m., letter carrier.
casa, /, house, home, firm; a casa,
home ; Casa de Moneda, mint.
casamiento, m., marriage.
cascada,/, waterfall.
casi, almost.
castellano, m., Castilian, Spanish.
catalogo, m., catalogue.
catorce, fourteen.
caucho, m.y India rubber.
causa,/, cause; a causa de, on ac-
count of.
cazuela,/, earthen stewpan.
cena,/, supper.
cenagoso, muddy.
cenamos, we eat supper.
cenar, to take supper.
centavo, m.. cent.
cSntimo, m.t centime, the hundredth
part of a franc,
central, central,
centro, m., center,
cerca de, prep., near,
cerrar (A), to close,
cerro, m., hill,
certificado, registered,
cesar, to cease.
chico, chileno, etc., see page 220, note,
cielo, nt., sky, heaven,
ciento, one hundred,
cierto, certain, evident, true,
cigiiena,/, stork.
cinco, five; de cinco en cinco, by fives,
cincuenta, fifty.
cintajos, m. p/„ bunch of tumbled
ribbons,
circulo, m., circle,
ciudad,/, city.
ciudadano, m., citizen.
civil, civil,
civilizado, civilized,
claramente, clearly.
claro, bright, lightsome; obvious,
clase,/, class, kind,
clavel, m., pink {/lower).
clavellina,/, pink {plant).
clavo, m., nail,
cobrar, to charge, collect,
cobre, m., copper,
cobriza, coppery.
cocido, cooked,
cocina, /, kitchen,
cocinera,/, cook.
cocodrilo, m., crocodile,
coche, m., coach; coche de fumar,
smoking car ; coche sal6n, parlor
car.
codo, m., elbow,
coger, to take up, get.
colecci6n,/, collection,
colegio, m„ school; college.
COlgado, hung, hanging.
COlgar (A), to hang.
224 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
colocar, to place,
colonia,/, colony,
color, m., color,
comedor, m., dining room,
comenzando, commencing,
comer, to eat, dine,
commercial, commercial,
comerciante, m., merchant,
comercio, m., commerce, business,
trade.
cometa,/, kite,
comida,/, dinner, meal,
comido, p.p., eaten.
comiendo, eating.
como, like, as; £c6mo? how? i&
c6mo vende Vd.? how do you sell ?
companero, m.f companion.
compania,/, company.
componer (irr.), to compose,
compra,/, purchase,
comprar, to buy.
comprender, to understand.
con, prep., with ; con que, so.
concernir (A), to regard, concern.
concesi6n,/, concession.
concierne, see concernir.
concluir (318), to conclude.
concluye, see concluir.
condenar, to condemn.
condici6n,/, condition; a condici6n,
on condition,
conducir {irr.), to conduct, lead, bear,
confeccionar, to make, compound,
confiado, intrusted,
confianza,/, confidence, intimacy.
conforme k, in accordance with.
Congreso, m., Congress.
conjunto, m., aggregate, collection.
conocer (C), to know, be acquainted
with.
conozco, see conocer.
conquistador, m., conqueror,
conquistar, to conquer,
consejo, m., counsel,
conservar, to conserve, take care of.
considerable, considerable,
consistir, to consist,
constar, to be evident, be composed of.
C0nstituci6n,/, constitution,
constituir, to constitute.
construcci6n,/, construction.
construir, to construct.
construyendo, constructing.
contar (A), to count, relate; darnos
cuenta (231), see dar.
contento, happy, content,
continente, m., continent,
contra, prep., against,
contratista, m., contractor,
convencer, to convince,
convertir, to convert,
copa,/, crown of a hat; sombrero de
copa, silk hat.
cordillera,/, chain of mountains.
corredor, m., corridor,
correo, m., mail, post office; Direcci6n
General de Correos, General Post
Office.
correr, to run.
cortar, to cut.
corte,/, court,
cortesfa,/, courtesy.
COrtO, short.
cosa,/, thing; a cosa de, at about,
cosecha,/, crop, harvest,
cosita,/, little thing, trifle,
costa,/, coast, cost.
costar (A), to cost.
Costilla,/, rib, chop,
costumbre,/, custom,
crecer (C) , to grow.
creer, to think, believe,
crema, /, cream,
creo, I think, I believe,
criada, /, servant,
cristal, m., crystal,
cristiano, Christian.
Cristo, Christ.
cruzado, crossed.
cuadrado, square
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
225
cuadro, m., square; cuadro de flores,
flower bed.
£cual? (Jcuales? which? what? los
cuales, which, that, who.
cualquiera, any.
^cuando? when? cuando, when; de
cuando en cuando, from time to
time,
^cuanto? how much? <;cuantos? how
many?
cuarenta, forty.
cuarto, fourth; m., room, quarter,
cuatro, four.
cuatrocientos, four hundred,
cubierto,//., covered {see cubrir).
cubrir, to cover,
cuchara,/, spoon,
cuchillo, m., knife,
cuelgan, see colgar.
cuello, m., neck,
cuenca,/!, basin of a river,
cuenta, see contar.
cuenta,/, account.
cuente Vd. (imper.), count; cuente
Vd. de cinco en cinco, count by fives.
Cuernavaca, town near Mexico city,
cuerpo, m., body,
cuesta,/, hill, slope,
cuesta, see costar.
cueva,/, cave.
cuidar, to take care of.
culebra,/, snake,
cultivar, to cultivate,
cumbre,/, summit, crest,
cumpleanos, m., birthday,
cutis, m. and f., cutis, skin,
cuyo, cuyos, whose.
CH
charco, m., pool, puddle.
chato, flat.
chica,/, little girl.
chico, little; un chico, a little chap, a
lad, a child,
chile,/, red pepper.
READING SPAN. — 1 5
chileno, m., Chilean.
chillar, to scream, to chatter.
chino, m., Chinese.
chiquitita {diminutive of chica), very
little.
Chiquito {diminutive of chico), little,
chocolate, m., chocolate,
chuleta,/, cutlet, chop.
D., abbreviation for don.
da, it gives.
dama,/, lady, damsel.
dar (355, II e), to give; sin darnos
cuenta, without noticing ; dar la
bienvenida, to welcome ; dar un
paseo, to take a walk or ride ; dar
una vuelta (231), to make a revo-
lution.
de, prep., of, from, than.
debajo de, prep., under.
deber, to owe, ought, must.
decidido, determined, devoted.
d6cimo, m., tenth.
decir (355, II a), to say, tell; querer
decir, to mean.
declarar, to declare.
dedicar, to dedicate.
dedo, m., digit, finger, toe; dedo pul-
gar, thumb.
defendi6 {aorist), defended.
definici6n,/., definition.
degradar, to degrade.
dejar, to leave ; dejar de, to leave off,
fail to.
del {contraction of&e el), of the, from
the.
delante, before, in front; delante de,
prep., in front of.
delgado, thin, slender.
deliciosamente, deliciously.
demasiado, too, too much.
democratico, democratic.
dentro, inside, within.
depender, to depend
226 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
dependiente, m., clerk.
deprimido, depressed.
derecha, right.
derredor, m., circuit; al derredor de,
prep., around.
desaguar, to flow, empty.
desaparecer, to disappear.
descansar, to rest.
descendiente, m., descendant.
descubrir, to uncover, discover.
descuidado, free from anxiety, at ease.
desde, since, from.
desear, to desire, wish.
desembocadura, /, mouth of a river.
desempenar, to perform.
deshecha, undone, broken up.
desnudarse, to undress one's self.
despacho, m., office ; sending, dis-
patch.
despedirse de (Bi), to take leave of;
me despido de, I take leave of.
despertar (A) , to awaken.
despido, see despedirse.
despierto, awake.
despuSs, afterward; despuSs de,
prep., after.
destinar, to appoint for a purpose,
destine.
detenidamente, attentively, fixedly, at
leisure.
detras de, prep., behind.
dia, »., day; dia de estar en casa,
day at home ; dia de fiesta, dia
feriado, holiday ; buenos dias,
good morning ; todos los dias,
every day.
diamante, m., diamond.
diario, m., a newspaper.
diccionario, m., dictionary.
dice, say, he says {see decir) .
dicen, say, they say {see decir) .
diciembre, m., December.
dicha, //., said.
Diego, James.
diente, m., tooth.
diez, ten.
diferente, different.
dificil, difficult.
dificultad,/, difficulty.
digamos {subj. with que), that we say.
dijo {aorist of decir), said, he said.
dinero, m., money.
Dios, m., God.
diputado, m., representative.
direcci6n, f., direction, address; Di-
recci6n General de Correos, Gen-
eral Post Office.
director, m., director; el senor di-
rector, the principal.
dirigir, to direct, address.
discipulo, m., pupil.
disco, «r.j record for a talking machine,
disk.
distancia,/, distance.
distinguir, to distinguish.
distrito, m., district.
divertir (B), to amuse; divertirse,
to play, amuse one's self.
dividir, to divide.
divierten, see divertir.
divisi6n,/, division.
doce, twelve.
docena,/, dozen.
dolor, m., sorrow, pain; Misi6n de
los Dolores de San Francisco, the
oldest church in San Francisco.
doloroso, sorrowful.
dominado, dominated.
don, Mr. {used only before given
names) .
donde, where; £d6nde? where?
dona, Mrs., Miss {used only before
given names).
dorado, gilded, of the color of gold.
do^mido, p.p. of dormir.
dormir (B), to sleep; dormirse, to
fall asleep.
dos, two.
doy, I give {see dar).
drogueria, drug store.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
227
duda, /, doubt.
due no, m., owner.
duermen, see dormir.
dulce, sweet dish ; dulces franceses,
French candy,
durante, prep., during,
duro, hard.
E
4, and ( used instead of y before initial
i and hi).
ecuador, ///., equator,
echando, pouring,
echar, to throw, cast, pour,
edad, /., age.
edificio, m., building,
efectivo, effective ; en efectivo, in
cash,
efecto, m., result.
eje, mn axis,
ejecutar, to execute,
ejecutivo, executive.
el, m. sing., the ; el que, he that, the
one that.
61, he, him, it.
el&stico, elastic.
elecci6n,/, election.
electricidad, /, electricity,
elefante, m., elephant.
elemental, elementary,
elevado, elevated, high,
ella, she, her, it.
ellos, they, them,
emperatriz,/!, empress.
empezar (A), to begin,
empieza, see empezar.
empleado, employed; m., employee,
emplear, to employ,
empleo, m., use.
en, prep., in, into, at, on.
encantador, charming.
encarnado, red.
encender (A), to light,
enciende, he lights.
encima, on top ; in addition.
encomendado, committed.
encontrar (A), to meet, find.
encuentran, see encontrar.
encuentro, m., meeting; a su ea-
cuentro, to meet him.
enero, tn., January.
enganar, to deceive.
enlace, m., marriage,
ensalada,/, salad,
ensenar, to teach,
entender (A), to understand.
entero, entire, whole,
entiende, see entender.
entonces, then,
entrada,/, entrance,
entrar, to enter,
entre, prep., between, among,
entregar, to deliver.
entremos {imperative'), let us enter,
enviar, to send,
enviaran, they will send,
envolver (A), to wrap,
equipaje, m., baggage,
erguido, lofty.
es, is ; he, she, or ;t is ; Vd. es, you
(sing.) are ; es decir, that is to say.
esa, see ese.
esas, see esos.
escalera,/, staircase,
escena,/, stage,
escenario, m., stage,
escoba,/, broom,
escribir, to write,
escrito, p.p. 0/ escribir, written,
escritorio, m., desk.
escuela,/, school.
ese, esa, that ; 6se, 6sa, that one.
esfuerzo, m., effort,
eso, neuter, that ; por eso, on that
account; k eso de, at about.
esos, esas, those.
espacio, m., space.
espalda, /, back ; a la espalda me
las echo, I throw them behind me.
Espana,/, Spain.
espanol, espauola, Spanish, Spaniard.
228 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
esparrago, /«., asparagus.
especial, special, particular.
especie,/., species, kind.
espejo, m., mirror.
esperar, to wait, hope.
espeso, thick, dense.
esposa,/, wife.
esta, see este.
esta, is ; he, she, or it is ; Vd. estd,
you are.
establecer (C), to establish,
establecimiento, mn establishment.
estaci6n,yi, season, station.
estado, m., state ; los Estados Unidos,
the United States.
estado, p.p., been,
estamos, we are.
estampilla, /, postage stamp,
estan, are, they are ; Vds. estan, you
are.
estar, to be (273).
este, esta, this ; 6ste, £sta, this one,
the latter.
este, m., east,
esto, neuter, this,
estos, estas, these, the latter,
estoy, am, I am.
estrecho, narrow ; m., strait,
estrella, /, star,
estudiar, to study,
estudio, m., study,
estuf a, /, stove,
estuvo (in/in., estar), was.
europeo, European.
evacuaci6n,/, evacuation,
evidente, evident,
evitar, to avoid,
examinar, to examine.
excepci6n,yC, exception.
excursi6n, /, trip,
exigir, to exact, require,
existir, to exist.
explicar, to explain.
extensi6n,/, extent,
extenso, extensive,
exterior, foreign.
extraer, to extract.
extranjero, m.t stranger, foreigner ;
adj., foreign,
extremidad, f., extremity, end, edge,
extremo, extreme.
fabrica,/, factory.
fabricar, to manufacture
fdcil, easy.
facilmente, easily.
f actura, /, invoice.
facturar, to invoice, check (baggage),
falta, /, want ; hacer f alta, to be
lacking,
f amilia, /, family,
familiar, familiar,
famoso, famous.
farall6n, m., headland, cliff,
faro, m., lighthouse.
favor, m., favor, kindness.
febrero, m., February,
federal, federal,
f elices, //. of feliz, happv.
f elicitaci6n, /, congratulation.
Felipe, Philip,
feliz, happy,
ferrocarril, m., railroad.
fSrtil, fertile.
fiesta, /, feast, holiday, holy day.
figura,/, form, figure, face.
figurar, to figure.
fijar, to fix ; fijarse en, to notice.
fijo, fixed,
fin, m., end ; al fin, at last ; k fines,
toward the end.
fino, fine.
fisonomla,/, physiognomy, features.
flor, /, flower.
f Oca, /, seal.
fon6grafo, mn phonograph.
forma,/, form,
fragrante, fragrant,
francos, French ; ;«., Frenchman.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
229
franciscano, m., Franciscan, member
of the order of St. Francis.
Francisco, Francis,
franco, free, post paid,
frase,/, phrase, sentence,
f rente,/, forehead; f rente a, in front
of, opposite,
fresa,/, strawberry.
fresco, fresh, cool,
frescura,/, freshness.
frijol, m. (Amer.), bean,
frio, m., cold ; hace frio, it is cold ;
adj. , cold.
frito, fried.
frondoso, leafy, luxuriant,
frontera,/, frontier,
fronterizo, frontier,
fruta,/, fruit.
frutero, m., fruit dealer,
fruto, m. {figurative), fruit,
fuego, m.> fire.
fuente,/, dish.
j fuera ! away ! out of the way ! fuera
fa, prep., outside of.
fuerte, m., fort.
fuerza,/, force, strength,
fumar, to smoke.
funci6n,/, reception, function,
fundar, to found,
f undici6n, /, smeltery.
galop, m., galop, a dance.
gallina, /., hen.
gana, /, desire, inclination; tengo
gana de, I have a mind to.
ganado, m., cattle,
gas, m., gas.
gato, m., cat.
general, general; por lo general,
generally; m., general,
generalmente, generally.
gSnero, m., cloth, goods ; genus, kind ;
gSnero humano, human nature,
generoso, generous.
genio, m., disposition.
geograffa,/, geography.
geografico, geographical.
geranio, m., geranium.
girar, to revolve, rotate.
glacial, frozen.
glorieta,/!, summer house.
gobernador, m., governor.
gobierno, m., government.
gocen, see gozar.
golfo, m., gulf.
golondrina, /, swallow.
goma,/, gum, rubber.
gozar, to enjoy; que gocen de, who
enjoy.
grabado, m., engraving.
gracias, ///., thanks.
grado, m., degree.
gramatica, /, grammar.
gran, see grande.
grande, large, big, great; gran, great.
grano, m.> grain, kernel.
grato, pleasant, pleasing.
gritar, to cry out.
griteria,/, outcry, clamor.
grueso, thick.
grupo, m., group.
guante, w., glove.
guardarse de, to take care not to.
Guayana,/, Guiana.
guerra,/, war.
guia, m. and f., guide; gula de fer-
rocarriles, guia de trenes,/, time-
table.
guisado, ;«., stew, ragout,
gustar (intrans.), to please; me
gustan, I like; les gusta, they like.
gusto, m.y taste, pleasure.
h. {abbreviation for hijo), junior.
ha, has; he, she, or it has (272).
haber (irr.), to have (272); {imper-
sonal), there to be; haber de ser
must be.
230 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
habian, they had.
habil, skillful.
habitaci6n, /, room, dwelling.
habitante, m., inhabitant.
habitar, to inhabit.
hablando, speaking.
hablar, to speak.
hacen, do, make, they make, they
do.
hacer (*>r.),to make, do; hace calor,
it is warm; hace frio, it is cold;
hace viento, it is windy ; hace
muchos anos, many years ago.
hacia, towards.
hacienda,/, ranch, farm,
haciendo, doing, making.
hago, I do, I make ( see hacer) .
hallar, to find ; hallarse, to be.
hambre,/, hunger.
han, have, they have (272).
hasta, until, even.
hay {in/in., haber, there to be), there
is, there are; £hay? is there? are
there ?
he, have, I have (272).
hecho (/./. of hacer), made, done;
ready-made,
heliotropo, m., heliotrope.
hemos, have, we have (272).
hermana,/, sister,
hermano, m., brother,
hermoso, handsome, fine,
herramienta,/, tool,
higo, m., fig.
hija,/, daughter.
hijo, m., son.
hilo, thread, yarn, fiber.
hoja, /, leaf,
hombre, m., man.
hondo, deep.
hora, /, hour; 1 que° hora es ? what
time is it?
homo, m., oven.
Homos, see cabo.
hotel, ///., hotel.
hoy, to-day; hoy mismo, to-day (em-
phatic).
huerto, m.t orchard,
hueso, m., bone,
huevo, m., egg.
hule, m.t India rubber.
ida, /, departure ; de ida y vuelta,
round-trip.
idioma, m., language.
ido {p.p. of ir) , gone.
iglesia,/, church.
igual, equal, similar.
igualmente, equally, also.
imitar, to imitate.
impermeable, impermeable, water-
proof.
importa, it matters.
importante, important.
impulsar, to impel.
incansable, untiring.
inclinado, inclined.
inconveniente, m., difficulty, obstacle;
no tener inconveniente, to have no
objection.
independiente, independent.
indiana, f, printed cotton or linen
goods, chintz.
indicar, to indicate.
indigena, m. and f, native.
indignaci6n, /, indignation.
indio, india, Indian.
industria, /, industry.
In§s, Agnes.
inferior, inferior, lower.
Inglaterra,/, England.
ingles, inglesa, English; m., English-
man, English (language).
inglesa, English; f, Englishwoman.
inmediatamente, immediately.
inmenso, immense.
innumerable, innumerable.
instrucci6n,/., instruction.
instrumento, m , instrument.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
231
interns, m., interest, advantage.
interesante, interesting.
interior, interior, inner.
interna,/, boarding pupil,
interoceanico, interoceanic.
interrumpir, to interrupt,
intervalo, m., interval,
intima, intimate.
introducido, introduced,
introducir (irr.), to introduce; intro-
ducirse, to reach into.
invierno, m., winter,
invisible, invisible.
ir (irr.), to go, be going; irse a pique,
to founder, go to the bottom,
ira, he will go.
iremos, we shall go.
irse a pique, see ir.
isla,/, island.
istmo, m.t isthmus.
izquierda, left; /, left hand.
jab6n, m., soap.
jacal, m. (Mex.), Indian hut
jalea, /, jelly.
jamas, never.
jam6n, m., ham.
Jap6n, m.t Japan.
japonSs, m., Japanese.
jardin, m , garden.
jardincito, »/., little garden.
jarrita, /, small pitcher.
jirafa,/, giraffe.
Jorge, George.
jornal, pi., day's wages.
Jos6, Joseph.
jota,/, a Spanish dance.
joven, young; m. and f., young man,
youth, young woman.
Juan, John.
Juanito, Johnnie,
judicial, judicial,
juego, m., game,
jugando, playing (games).
jugar {irr.), to play (games),
jugo, m., juice, sap.
juguete, m., toy.
julio, m., July,
junio, »., June,
junto, together, near,
justicia,/, justice.
juzgar, to judge.
la,/ sing., the; her, it, you; la que,
she that, the one that,
labio, m , lip.
labrar, to work, till,
lado, m , side,
lago, m., lake.
lamina, f., cut, engraving,
lancha, /, launch,
lanilla,/, fine woolen fabric of light
weight,
lanoso, woolly,
largo, larga, long; & lo largo, at
length,
las,///., the; them, you.
lavar, to wash.
le, him, it, you; to, for, or from him,
him, her, it, or you.
Iecci6n,/, lesson,
lectura,/, reading,
leche,/, milk,
lechuga,/, lettuce.
leer, to read.
legislative, legislative,
lejos, far.
lengua,/, language,
lena,/, firewood.
Ie6n, m., lion; El Le6n, name of ft
store,
les, to, for, or from them or you.
levantarse, to arise,
ley,/, law.
leyendo (infin., leer), reading,
libertar, to fr^e.
libra,/, pound.
libre, free.
232 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
libro, m., book; libro de caja, cash
book,
ligero, light,
limonada,/, lemonade,
limpiar, to clean, clear,
limpieza,/, cleanliness.
limpio, clean.
linda, pretty,
linea,/, line.
linterna, /, lantern,
liquen, m., lichen.
lirio, m., lily; lirio de San Jos6, St.
Joseph's lily.
listo, ready.
11-, see p. 220, note.
10 (neuter), the, it; lo que, what;
m., him, it.
lobo, m., wolf,
lograr, to obtain, succeed.
Londres, London.
los, m. pl.y the, them; los que, those
that.
Los Angeles, a city of southern Cali-
fornia. The name means the angels.
loza,/, piece of pottery.
luces (//. of luz), lights,
luego, immediately, soon,
lugar, m., place,
luz,/, light.
LL
Uamaban, they called,
llamar, to call, knock; se llama, is
called; he, she, or it is called; se
llaman, they are called,
llano, m., plain.
llanura, /, tract of level ground.
Have,/, key.
llegar, to arrive,
lleno, full,
llevando, carrying,
llevar, to carry, take, wear,
llorar, to cry.
Hover, to rain,
llueve, it rains.
Uuvia,/, rain.
madre,/, mother.
madreselva,/, honeysuckle.
madrugar, to rise at daybreak, rise
very early.
Magallanes, Magellan.
magn6tico, magnetic.
maiz, m., maize, Indian corn.
mal, see malo.
maleta, /, valise.
malo, mal, mala, bad, perverse, ill.
mama,/, mamma.
mam6n, m. (Mex.), pound cake.
manana, see page 220, note.
mandar, to command, send.
manera,/, manner.
mano,/, hand.
mantel, m., tablecloth.
mantequilla,/ (A/ner.), butter.
manufactura,/., manufacture.
manufacturero, manufacturing.
manzana,/, apple.
mafia,/, skill.
manana, to-morrow; /, morning.
maquinista, m., machinist.
mar, m. and f, sea.
marcha, /, march; se ponen en
marcha, they set out.
margarita,/, daisy, marguerite.
margen,/, bank, shore, edge.
Maria, Mary.
marinero, m., mariner.
marquesote, m., small sponge cake.
martillo, m., hammer.
martir, m. and f, martyr.
mas, more, plus; los mas impor-
tantes, the most important.
mas, but.
Maximiliano (1832-1867), arch-
duke of Austria. He was made
emperor of Mexico by the French
in 1864. Executed by the Mexi-
cans, 1867.
mayo, m., May.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
233
mayor, larger, older, elder; el mayor,
the largest; libro mayor, ledger;
por mayor, by wholesale.
mayordomo, m., superintendent.
mayoria,/, majority.
me, me, myself; to, for, or from my-
self.
media, /, stocking.
medida,/, measure.
medio, media, half; por medio de,
by means of.
mediodia, mn noon.
mejicano, Mexican; m., Mexican.
mejilla,/, cheek.
mejor, better.
memoria,/, memory.
menos, less, minus; a lo menos, at
least.
mensaje, m., message.
mensual, monthly.
mentir (B), to lie, tell falsehoods.
menudo, small; a menudo, often.
merecer, to deserve.
meridiano, m., meridian.
meridional, southern.
mes, m., month.
mesa,/, table.
meseta,/, tableland.
mestizo, «*., mestizo, the child of a
Spaniard or Creole and a native
Indian.
metalico, »., bullion; en metalico,
in cash.
metate, m. (Mex.), stone for grind-
ing corn.
meter, to put into; meterse en el
agua, to wade.
metro, m., meter.
Mexico, Mexico (see footnote, p. 123).
mi, my; mi, me, myself.
miedo, m., fear.
miembro, «*., member.
miente, see mentir.
mientras, while.
mil, thousand.
milla,/, mile.
mill6n, »., million.
mineria,/, mining.
ministro, m., minister.
minuto, »., minute.
mio, my, mine, of mine
mirar, to look at.
mis {pi. of mi), my.
misi6n,/, mission.
misionero, m., missionary.
Misisipi, Mississippi.
mismo, same, very, itself; hoy mismo,
this very day.
misterio, m., mystery,
mitad,/, half.
moda,/, fashion.
moler (A), to grind.
molestado, vexed, troubled,
momentito, m., diminutive of mo-
menta,
momento, m., moment; al momento,
at once,
mona,/, monkey,
moneda, f, money, coin; casa de
moneda, mint.
mong61ico, Mongolian,
mono, m., monkey,
montana,/, mountain,
montanoso, mountainous.
montar, to mount ; montar a caballo,
to ride horseback.
mostrar (A), to show.
movimiento, m.f movement,
mozo, m., youth, lad; waiter, porter,
muchacha, /, girl, lass.
muchacho, m., boy, lad.
muchisimo, very much ; muchisimas
gracias, many thanks.
mucho, mucha, much; muchos, -as,
many,
muelen, see moler.
muelle, m., wharf, quay,
muerte,/, death,
muestra,/, sample.
muestran, see mostrar.
234 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
mujer,/, woman, wife,
multitud,/, multitude.
mundo, m., world; todo el mundo,
everybody.
musgo, m., moss.
miisica,/, music,
muy, very.
N
nacer (C), to be born.
nacionul, national.
nada, nothing ; no es nada, it isn't
anything.
nadar, to swim,
nadie, no one, nobody.
naranja, /, orange,
nariz,/, nose.
naturalmente, naturally.
naufragio, m., shipwreck,
navaja,/, clasp knife, razor,
navegable, navigable.
Navidad,/., Christmas.
necesario, necessary,
necesitar, to need.
negocio, m., business, occupation,
transaction,
negro, black.
nevada, snowy,
nevar, to snow.
ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor ; ni, not
even ; ni blancas ni amarillas,
neither white nor yellow ones.
niebla, /, fog.
nieve, /., snow.
nin-, see page 220, note,
ningiin, see ninguno.
ninguno, ningun, no, none, no one;
{with a negative) any ; no tengO
ningunas, I haven't any.
niSa, /, child, girl,
ninita,/, baby girl, infant,
nino, m., child, boy.
no, no, not.
noch-, see page 220, note,
noche, /, night ; de noche, at night,
night time,
Nochebuena, /, Christmas Eve.
nombre, m., name.
nordeste, northeast.
noroeste, northwest.
norte, m., north.
nos, us; to, for, or from us ; ourselves;
to, for, or from ourselves (188).
nosotros, we ; {with prepositions) us,
ourselves.
nota,/, note, memorandum.
novedad,/, novelty.
noveno, ninth.
noventa, ninety,
noviembre, m., November,
nuestro, our.
nueve, nine.
nuevo, new ; de nuevo, again,
nuez, /, nut.
numero, m., number,
nunca, never.
0
6, or.
objeto, m.t object, aim.
Oblicuo, oblique.
Obscuro, dark, dusky.
observar, to observe.
obtener {irr.), to obtain.
obtiene, see obtener.
occidental, occidental, western.
oceano, m., ocean.
och-, see page 220, note.
octavo, m., eighth.
ocupaci6n, /., occupation.
ocupado, occupied.
ocupar, to occupy.
ochavo, eighth.
ochenta, eighty.
ocho, eight.
oeste, m., west.
oficina,/, office.
oir {irr.)y to hear.
0J0, m., eye.
Oloroso, fragrant.
Olla,/, earthen vessel,
Once, eleven,
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
235
opuesto, opposite. ,
ora . . . ora, now . . . now.
orden,/, order.
ordinario, ordinary.
oreja,/, ear.
oriental, eastern.
origen, m., origin, lineage, extraction.
orilla,/, shore, edge.
oro, m., gold.
0S0, m., bear.
otorgar, to consent.
Otro, other, another.
oval, oval.
oye (infinitive, oir), he hears,
Pablo, Paul.
padre, m., father, padre ; padres,
parents.
pagar, to pay.
pals, m., country,
pajaro, m., bird.
palma,/, palm.
paloma, /, dove.
palomar, m., dovecote.
pan, m., bread.
panaderia,/., bakery,
panadero, m., baker,
panecillo, m., roll,
panerias,///., cloths,
pano, m., cloth,
papa,/. (Amer.), potato.
papa, m., papa,
papagayo, m., parrot.
papel, m., paper ; papel de escribir,
writing paper.
papelera,/, school desk.
papelito, m., a little paper.
Paquita, Fannie.
para, prep., for, in order to ; para
que, in order that.
parada, standing (literally, stood),
paralelo, mH parallel.
parar, pararse, to stop; se para,
stops.
parece, it seems ; me parece, it seems
to me.
parecer (C), to seem; parecerse, to
resemble.
pared,/, wall.
parque, m., park.
parte, /, part; alguna parte, some-
where ; por todas partes, every-
where ; de mi parte, for me.
participar, to participate, inform.
particular, private, special.
partida,/, departure; entry; partida
de damas, game of checkers.
partir, to set out.
pasajero, m., passenger.
pasar, to pass, spend.
pascua,/, name applied to the feasts
of Christmas, Twelfth-night, Easter,
and Pentecost.
paseandose (infinitive, pasearse),
walking.
paseo, m., walk, outing.
pastel, •»., pie, tart, cake.
pasteleria,/, pastry shop.
pastelero, m., pastrycook.
pastilla,/, cake.
pasto, m., pasture.
patata,/, potato.
patria,/, native country.
patriota, m., patriot.
pavo, m., turkey.
pecho, m., breast ; a pecho, to heart.
pedacito, m., little piece.
pedazo, m., piece.
pedido, m., order.
pedir (Bi), to ask for, beg.
Pedro, Peter.
peinar, to comb the hair.
peine, m., comb.
peligro, m., danger.
pelo, m., hair.
pelota, /, ball ; jugar a la pelota,
to play ball.
pena,/, pain, sorrow.
penar, to suffer pain, crave.
236 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
peninsula,/, peninsula.
pensar (A), to think, intend.
Pepe, Joe.
pequeno, small.
pera,/, pear.
perder (A), to lose.
periodo, m., period, age.
permanecer (C), to remain.
permitir, to permit.
pero, but.
perro, »., dog.
persona,/., person.
pertenece, belongs.
peruano, m., Peruvian.
pesar : a pesar de, in spite of.
pescado, m., fish.
pescar, to fish.
peseta,/, a Spanish coin worth about
twenty cents.
peso, m., dollar.
petr61eo, m., petroleum.
piano, m., piano.
pico, m., peak.
pide, he asks for (see pedir).
pie, m., foot ; pie de la mesa, leg of
the table ; de pie, standing; pie de
un trompo, peg of a top.
piel,/, skin.
piensa, intend (see pensar).
pierde, see perder.
pierna, /, leg.
pimiento, m., pepper.
pintado, painted.
pintor, m., painter.
pisar, to tread, step on.
piso, m., story, flat ; piso bajo, ground
floor.
placer, m., pleasure.
piano, plain, flat, smooth.
planta,/, plant.
plata,/, silver, money.
plato, m., plate, course, dish ; plato
sopero, soup plate.
playa, / , shore, beach.
plaza,/, square, market place.
pliego, ;//., sheet (of paper).
plomero, m., plumber.
plomo, m., lead.
pluma, /, feather, pen ; pluma tin-
tero, fountain pen.
poblaci6n,/, population, town,
poblado, see poblar.
poblador, m., settler.
poblar (A), to fill, occupy.
pOCO, little; pOCOS, few.
podemos, see poder.
poder (irr.), to be able, can; Vd.
puede, you are able, you can.
poder, m., power.
polar, polar.
politico, political.
polka,/, polka (a dance).
polo, m., pole.
polvo, m., dust, powder.
poner (irr.), to put, place; se ponen,
become ; el sol se pone, the sun sets.
popular, popular.
por, prep., for, by, through, over, for
the sake of ; por delante, in front
of; ^por d6nde? where?
porci6n,/, portion.
porque, because; 1 por qu6 ? why ?
posici6n,/, position.
postal, postal.
postres, m., dessert.
pozo, m., well.
praderia, /, meadow,
precio, m., price,
precioso, lovely, exquisite.
preferir (B), to prefer.
I prefiere Vd. ? do you prefer ? (see
preferir) .
preguntar, to ask.
preparado, prepared.
preparar, to prepare.
preparativo, m., preparation,
presentar, to present.
presidencial, presidential.
presidente, m., president.
presto, quick, quickly.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
237
prima,/, cousin.
primavera,/, spring.
primer, see primero.
primero, primer, first; a primeros de
noviembre, in the early part of
November.
primito, m., little cousin.
primo, m., cousin.
principal, principal.
principio, m., beginning.
procurar, to try, obtain.
produce, produces.
producir (irr.), to produce.
producto, m., product.
prof esi6n, /, profession.
prof undo, deep.
prolongar, to prolong.
prominente, prominent.
promontorio, «., promontory.
promulgado, promulgated.
prontamente, quickly.
pronto, soon.
propiedad,/, property.
propietaria,/, owner.
propietario, m., owner.
propio, same, own, suitable.
proporcionar, to supply, furnish.
protesta,/, protest.
proverbio, m., proverb.
pr6ximo, next, approaching, nearest.
publicara, will publish.
publico, m., public.
pudiendo, gerund of poder.
pudin, m.y pudding.
pueblo, m., town, people, nation.
puede, can; he, she, or it can; pueden,
they can.
puerta,/, door.
puerto, m., port ; puerto de mar, sea-
port.
pues, well.
puesta (/) del sol, sunset.
puesto, placed ; me he puesto, I have
put on; puesto que, since.
pulgar, m.t thumb.
punto, m., point,
puramente, entirely, merely,
puro, pure; m., cigar,
purpiireo, purple.
que, who, which, that; than, because,
as; el que, the one that; las que,
those that, which; lo que, that
which, what; con que, so; 1 qu6 ?
what? j qu6 ! how ! j que" bonitas !
how pretty !
quebrar, to fail.
quedar, quedarse, to remain, be.
quehaceres, m.pl., duties.
quemar, to burn.
querer (irr.), to want, wish, love.
queria, I was wishing, I wished.
querida, dear.
quien, who, that, whom, he who;
I qui6n? who?
quiere {infinitive, querer), she wishes,
she loves.
quince, fifteen ; quince dias, fort-
night.
quinto, fifth.
^quisiera Vd.? should you like?
quitando, taking away, taking off.
quitar, to take away; to take off;
quitai el polvo, to dust.
R
radicar, to take root, be in.
raiz,/, root, base.
ramo, m., branch.
rancho, m. (Mex.), ranch.
rapido, swift.
raro, uncommon, precious, odd; rara
vez, seldom.
rato, m., short space of time, while,
raza,/, race.
raz6n, /, reason ; tiene Vd. raz6n,
you are right.
realizar, to realize.
realzar, to bring out, increase.
238
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
recibir, to receive.
recoger, to gather.
recogiendo, gathering.
recolecci6n,/, gathering.
reconocer, to recognize.
recorrer, to run over, traverse.
recreo, m., recreation.
recuerdo, m., remembrance.
redondo, round.
reducido, reduced.
reflector, m., reflector.
refran, m., proverb.
refrescar, to refresh.
regalo, m., gift, delight.
regando, watering.
regar (A), to irrigate, water.
regi6n,j/C, region.
regla,/, rule.
regular, regular, ordinary; por lo
regular, commonly.
regularmente, regularly.
reirse (irr.), to laugh.
reja, /., grating.
relaci6n, /.', relation.
relacionar, to relate, connect.
reloj, m., watch, clock.
remitir, to remit, send.
remo, m., oar.
reno, m., reindeer.
repetir (Bi), to repeat.
repite, see repetir.
representar, to represent, perform.
republica, /., republic.
republicano, republican.
residencia,/, home, residence.
residir, to reside.
resoluci6n,/., courage, resolution.
respecto a, in respect to.
respetado, respected.
responder, to respond, answer.
revendedor, m., retailer.
revista, /, review.
rey, m., king; dia de Reyes, Epiph-
any (6th of January) , Twelfth-night.
rezar. to pray.
Ricardo, Richard.
rico, rich.
riega, see regar.
rigod6n, m., rigadoon, a country dance.
rinc6n, m., corner.
rio, m., river.
rival, m.y rival.
roa, see roer.
roca,/, rock.
rocallosa, rocky.
rodeado, surrounded.
roer, to gnaw; que roa el hueso, let
him gnaw the bone
rogar (A), to ask, beg.
rojo, red.
romper, to break.
ropa, /■, clothing, wearing apparel;
ropas hechas, ready-made clothes
roquiza, rocky.
rosa,/, rose; color de rosa, pink.
rosado, pink,
rosal, m., rose bush.
rostro, m.y face.
roto, broken.
rubio, fair, golden.
ruega, see rogar.
ruego, m.y request.
ruso, m., Russian.
S
saber {irr.), to know, hear from, hear
of, know how.
sabrosa, savory,
sacar, to take out, pull out.
sacudida,/., shake, jerk.
sal,/, salt,
sala, /., room, reception room 5 sala
de aseo, lavatory; sala de recreo,
recreation room.
salado, salt,
salchicha, /., sausage.
saldo (m.) acreedor, credit balance,
saliendo, going out.
salir (irr.), to go out, come out; el
sol sale, the sun rises.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
239
salm6n, m., salmon.
sal6n, m., room, hall; coche sal6n,
parlor car.
salsa,/, sauce,
saludar, to greet,
salvaje, savage,
salvavidas, m., life preserver,
san (contraction of santo), saint,
sandfa,/, watermelon,
sangre, /, blood,
sano, sane, healthy, sound.
Santa Cruz, seaside town about eighty
miles from San Francisco. The
name means holy Cross.
santo, holy; m.t saint.
se, himself, herself, itself, yourself,
themselves, each other; to or from
himself, etc. (188).
s6, I know.
sea, be, may be.
seco, dried, withered, dry.
secretario, m., secretary,
sed, /, thirst; tener sed, to feel
thirsty,
seda, /., silk.
sederia,/., silk goods,
segador, m., reaper, harvester,
seguir (Bi), to follow,
segundo, second; m., second,
seguridad,/, security,
seis, six.
selva,/, forest,
semana, /„ week; la semana que
viene, la semana prdxima, next
week.
sembrado, sowed (see sembrar).
sembrar (A), to sow, scatter seed.
semejante, similar, such.
semi-calido, semi-tropical,
semilla,/, seed,
senado, m., senate,
senador, m., senator,
sentado, seated.
sentarse (A), to seat one's self,
sentir (B), to feel, regret.
senal, m., sign, token, signal.
senor, m., sir, Mr. ; los senores Ovi-
edo, Mr. and Mrs. Oviedo; Senor,
Lord,
senora,/, lady, Mrs., madam, wife,
senorita, /, young lady, Miss,
separar, to separate,
septiembre, September.
septimo, seventh,
sepultura, /, grave,
ser (irr.), to be.
serd, will be.
servilleta, /, napkin,
servir (Bi), to serve,
sesenta, sixty.
sesi6n, /., session,
setenta, seventy,
sexto, sixth,
si, if, whether,
si, yes.
si, with prepositions, himself, herself,
itself, yourself, etc.
sido, been,
siega,/, harvest.
siembra, /, seedtime; sown field {set
sembrar).
siempre, always,
sienten, see sentir.
sierra, /., saw; mountain range; la
Sierra Nevada {literally, the
snowy mountain range), the Sierra
Nevada, a high mountain range in
California,
siete, seven,
siglo, m., century,
significar, to signify,
sigue, see seguir.
silbar, to whistle.
silbido, m., whistle,
silla,/, chair,
simiente,/, seed,
sin, prep., without.
sino, but.
slrvase, please.
sirve, serves {see servir).
240
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
sistema, m., system.
sitio, m., place.
situado, situated.
soberbio, beautiful.
sobre, prep., above, upon, on.
sobre, m., envelope.
sociedad, /!, society, corporation.
socio, m., partner.
sofa, m.t sofa.
sol, m.y sun.
solamente, only.
soler (A, defective), to be accustomed,
be used to.
solicitar, to solicit, beg.
solo, alone.
s61o, only.
sombra, /, shade,
sombrero, m., hat.
somos, are, we are (274).
son, are, they are (274).
sopa,/, soup,
sopera,/, tureen,
sordo, deaf.
soy, am, I am (274).
Sra., abbreviation for senora.
su, sus, his, her, its, their, your,
suave, mild, soft,
suavidad,/, softness.
subido, ascended {see subir).
subir, to go up.
subira, will go up.
sucursal, w., branch,
sudeste, southeast.
sudoeste, southwest.
suele, see soler.
suelo, m., floor, ground,
suelta, loose, disengaged,
sue no, m., sleep, dream,
suerte,/, luck, way; de esta suerte,
in this way.
sufrir, to suffer.
sumergido, submerged.
sumo, highest, greatest.
superior, superior, upper,
suplica,/, request.
suplicar, to beg.
suprema, supreme.
sur, m., south.
surco, mH furrow, groove.
surtido, m., assortment, supply.
surtir, to supply, furnish.
sus, see su.
suspiro, m., sigh; a small cake made
of sugar, egg, and rice flour.
sustituir (D) , to substitute.
sustituto, m., substitute,
suyo, his, her, their, your, yours, of his,
of hers, etc.
tabaco, m.t tobacco, cigar.
tacita,/, cup {diminutive of tana).
tajada,/, slice.
tal, such.
tal6n, m,t check.
taller, m., workshop, factory.
tamano, m., size.
tambiSn, also.
tampoco, neither.
tan, so ; tan . . . como, as ... as ;
tan a tiempo, so opportunely.
tanto, as much, so much ; tantos, as
many, so many.
taquigrafo, m., shorthand writer.
tarde, late ; mas tarde, later ; tarde,
f, afternoon,
tarjeta,/, card,
taza,/, cup.
te, thee, thyself; to, for, or from thee
or thyself.
t6, m., tea.
teatro, m., theater,
techo, m.> roof,
tejido, w., woven material,
tela,/, cloth, fabric.
tel6fono, m., telephone.
telSgrafo, m., telegraph,
tempestad,/, storm.
templado, temperate.
temporada,/, season.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
24I
temprano, early.
tenderse (A), to lie out at length,
stretch out.
tenedor, m., fork {literally, holder,
keeper) ; tenedor de libros, book-
keeper.
tenemos, have, we have.
tener (*>/-.), to have, hold; tener
raz6n, to be right; tener que ir, to
have to go.
tenga, have, hold ; tenga Vd. muy
buenos dlas, good morning.
tengo, have, I have.
tenia, had ; I, he, she, it, or you
had.
tercer, see tercero.
tercero, tercer, third ; tercero, m.,
third.
terminaci6n,/!, end, conclusion.
tSrmino, m., end; tSrmino medio,
average.
ternera,/, calf, veal.
territorio, m., territory.
tertulia,/, evening party.
tiempo, »*., time, weather; a tiempo,
opportunely.
tienda,/, store.
tienen, have, they have.
tierra,/, land, earth.
tigre, m.t tiger.
tintero, inkwell; plumatintero, foun-
tain pen.
tltulo, m., title.
tiza,/, chalk.
toalla,/, towel.
tocando, playing {music).
tocar, to touch, play, ring, knock;
tocarse, to fall to one'.s lot.
todavia, yet, still.
todo, all, every.
tomar, to take, drink.
Tomas, Thomas.
Tomasito, Tommy.
tomate, m., tomato.
tonteria,/, folly.
READING SPAN. — l6
torno, m., turn ; en torno, round
about,
torre, /, tower.
t6rrido, torrid,
torta,/, round cake,
tortilla, /, omelet ; ( Mex. ) bread
made of corn meal and in shape
round and flat like a pancake.
tostado, toasted.
trabajador, m., worker, workman,
trabajar, to work, labor,
traer (irr.)f to bring,
traje, m.t dress, suit, frock, gown,
trajo (aorist <?/traer), he brought,
transparencia,/., clearness,
tranvia, m., street car.
trasladarse, to move,
trasplantarse, to transplant,
travel : al trav6s de, through,
trayendo, bringing,
trece, thirteen,
treinta, thirty.
tren, «., train; tren correo, mail
train.
tres, three.
trescientas, three hundred,
tributario, *•., tributary.
trigo, m.y wheat.
tripulantes, m. pL, members of the
crew,
trompo, m., top.
tropical, tropical.
tr6pico, m., tropic,
trucha, /, trout.
tubo, m., tube, pipe, duct,
tunel, mH tunnel.
tuyo, thine, of thine ; lo tuyo, what is
thine.
u, or {used instead of 6 before initial
0 or ho),
ultimo, latest, last,
un, see uno.
una, see uno.
242
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
iinico, only.
unido, united; los Estados Unidos,
the United States.
uniforme, uniform, regular.
uni6n,/, union.
unir, to unite.
universidad,/, university.
uno, one ; un, una, a, an, one ; unos,
some.
unos, see uno.
usar, to use ; se usan, they are used.
uso, m., use.
usted (singular), you; ustedes
(plural), you; V., Vd., abbrevia-
tions of usted; VV., Vds., abbrevia-
tions of ustedes.
util, useful.
utilidad, /, usefulness.
V., see usted.
va, goes, go, is going, are going ; he,
she, etc., is going.
vaca,/, cow ; carne de vaca, beef,
vainilla,/, vanilla.
vale, is worth ; mas vale, it is better,
valiente, brave,
valle, m., valley.
Vallejo, street in San Francisco named
after General Vallejo.
vamos, we are going, let us go.
van, they go, they are going,
vapor, m., steam, vapor,
variedad, /, variety,
varios, several,
vaso, m., glass, vase,
vaya Vd. (imperative}, go.
Vd., Vds., see usted.
veces, see Vez.
vecinita, /, little neighbor.
vegetaci6n, /, vegetation,
veinte, twenty,
veinticinco, twenty-five.
veinticuatro, twentv-four.
veintisiete, twenty-seven.
veintiun (veinte y un), twenty-one.
veloclsimo, very swift.
vender, to sell.
venga Vd. (imperative) , come.
venir, to come.
venta, /, sale ; de venta, on sale.
ventajosisimo, most advantageous,
very advantageous.
ventana,/, window.
ventanilla, /., window (of a con-
veyance).
veo, I see.
ver (irr.), to see.
verano, m., summer.
veras, ///., truth ; j de veras ! indeed !
verdad, /, truth (see Notes, Idioms,
and Phrases, 15).
verdaderamente, really, truly.
verdoso, greenish.
verian, you would see.
vestido, m., dress, apparel.
vestir (Bi), to dress; vestirse, to dress
one's self ; aunque se vista, though
she dress.
vez, /, time ; una vez, once ; dos
veces, twice ; alguna vez, ever ;
rara vez, see raro ; de vez en
cuando, from time to time.
viajar, to travel.
viaje, m., voyage, journey.
vida,/, life.
viejo, old.
viene (infinitive, venir), comes; he,
she, or it comes.
viento, m., wind.
viernes, m , Friday.
vinagre, m., vinegar.
vinieron, they came.
vino, m., wine.
violeta, /, violet.
virtuoso, virtuous.
visita, /, visit, visitor.
visitar, to visit.
vista, /, glance, view.
visten, see vestir.
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
243
visto, seen (354, 13),
viuda, /., widow.
vivir, to live.
volcdn, m., volcano.
volver (A), to return, turn.
volveremos, we shall return.
votar, to vote.
VOy, I go, I am going (355, 11,/).
vuelo, m., flight.
vuelta, /., return ; turn, short walk.
vuelto, returned (354, 12).
vuelven, see volver.
vuelvo, I return.
W., see listed.
y, and.
ya, already, now ; ya no, no longer.
yo, I.
Yosemite, a national park situated
in the heart of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains. It is one of the scenic
wonders of California.
zapatilla,/, slipper.
zapato, m., shoe.
zona,/, zone.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
a, un, una.
able: to be able, poder (irr.). See
1 80.
about : at about, a cosa de.
address, (la) direccion.
aeronaut, (el) aeronauta.
after, prep., despues de.
afternoon, (la) tarde.
afterward, despues.
Agnes, Ines.
ago : an hour ago, hace una hora.
Albert, Alberto.
alight, bajar.
all, todo; not all, no todos; all day,
todo el dfa.
almost, casi.
already, ya.
also, tambien.
always, siempre.
am, I am, estoy, soy; I am going to,
voy a.
American, americano.
an, un, una.
and, y; {before i and hi) e.
any, alguno ; with a negative, nin-
guno.
any one, alguien, alguno ; with a nega-
tive, nadie, ninguno.
anything, algo ; with a negative, nada.
apple, (la) manzana.
April, abril.
are, see 273-274.
aren't : they aren't, no estin, no son
(273-274).
arise, levantarse.
arrive, llegar.
artist, (el) artista.
as . . . as, tan . . . como.
assistant, (el) asistente.
at, prep., a, en; at the, al, a la, a los,
a las (277).
August, agosto.
awhile, algtin tiempo, un rato.
B
baker, (el) panadero.
bakery, (la) panaderfa.
ball, (la) pelota.
balloon, (el) globo.
barrel, (el) barril.
basket, (el) canasto.
bay, (la) bah fa.
be, ser (274), estar (273); to be
alone, estar solo; to be going to,
ira; there to be, haber; to be right,
tener razon.
beautiful, hermoso, precioso.
because, porque, que.
bed, (la) cama; to go to bed, acos-
tarse.
been, sido, estado; it has been
placed, se ha colocado.
before, prep., (time) antes de; (place)
delante de.
behind, prep., detras de.
believe, creer.
bell, (la) campana.
beside, ademas.
best : the best, el mejor, los mejores,
etc.
better mejor, raejcres.
244
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
245
beverage, (la) bebida.
book, (el) libro.
bought, comprado.
boy, (el) nifio, (el) muchacho, (el)
chico.
bread, (el) pan.
breakfast, (el) almuerzo, (el) de-
sayuno; to take breakfast, almor-
zar (A).
bring, traer (355, II, b).
brother, (el) hermano.
brought, traido.
bud : little bud, (el) capullito.
build, construir (D).
bun, (el) bizcocho.
but, pero.
butcher, (el) carnicero.
butcher shop, (la) carnicen'a.
butter, (la) manteca; Mex., (la)
mantequilla.
buy, comprar.
cachucha, (la) cachucha.
caf6, (el) cafe.
cake, (el) bizcocho, (la) torta;
Mex., (el) pastel.
call, llamar ; is called, se llama.
calls, he calls, llama.
can: I can, puedo; he can, puede.
See able,
capital, (la) capital,
captain, (el) capitan.
carpenter, (el) carpintero.
carried, llevado.
carry, llevar.
cent, (el) centavo.
center, (el) centre
chair, (la) silla.
charge, cobrar.
Charley, Carlitos.
checker, (la) dama.
chicken, (el) polio, (la) gallina.
child, (el) nifio, (la) nifia.
Chilean, chileno.
chocolate, (el) chocolate.
Chop, (la) costilla, (la) chuleta.
Christmas, (la) Navidad, (la) pascua.
cigar, (el) cigarro, (el) puro; Amer.t
(el) tabaco.
city, (la) ciudad.
clast , (la) clase.
clerk, (el) dependiente.
Close, cerrar (A),
closed, cerrado.
coast, (la) costa.
coffee, (el) cafe.
COld, (el) frio; cold blood, sangre
frfa; it is very cold, hace mucho
frio.
comb one's hair, peinarse.
come, venir (355, II, a).
conclude, concluir (D).
Congress, el Congreso.
constructing, construyendo.
contractor, (el) contratista.
COOk, (la) cocinera.
corner, (el) rincon.
country, (el) pals,
covered, cubierto.
cross, atravesar (A),
cup, (la) taza.
cut, cortar.
cutlet, (la) chuleta.
dance, bailar.
dancer, (la) bailadora.
danger, (el) peligro.
daughter, (la) hija.
day, (el) dfa.
daytime, de dta.
December, diciembre.
dentist, (el) dentista.
desk, (el) escritorio.
different, diferente.
dine, comer.
dining room, (el) comedor,
dinner, (la) comida.
dish, (el) plato
246 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
distance, (la) distancia.
district, (el) distrito.
divide, dividir.
do, does, doesn't, don't, often not
translated: see 295; to do, hacer
(355, n, b).
doctor, (el) doctor.
does, see do.
doesn't, see do.
dollar, Mex., (el) peso; U. S. money,
(el) dolar.
don't, see do.
door, (la) puerta.
dove, (la) paloma.
dovecote, (el) palomar.
dozen, (la) docena.
drawing room, (la) sala.
dress, (el) traje, (el) vestido; to
dress, vestir (Bi).
dressing gown, (la) bata, (el) peina-
dor.
drink, beber, tomar.
dry, seco.
during, prep., durante.
duties, (los) quehaceres.
each, cada.
ear, (la) oreja.
easily, facilmente.
eat, comer.
edge, (la) orilla.
egg, (el) huevo.
eight, ocho.
eighteen, diez y ocho.
eighty, ochenta.
eleven, once.
Eleventh street, calle once.
employee, (el) empleado.
England, Inglaterra.
English, ingles.
Englishman, (el) ingles.
enter,- entrar.
entrance, (la) entrada.
envelope, (el) sobre.
Europe, Europa.
every, todo; every afternoon, todas
las tardes.
extinguish, apagar.
eye, (el) ojo.
face, (la) cara.
family, (la) familia.
Fannie, Paquita.
far, lejos.
father, (el) padre.
February, febrero.
feel, sentir (B).
few, pccos; a few, algunos, unos
pocos, unos cuantos.
fifteen, quince.
fifth, (el) quinto, (la) quinta parte.
fifty, cincuenta.
fill, llenar.
find, encontrar (A).
finger, (el) dedo.
finish, concluir (D), acabar.
first, primero (primer), primera.
fisherman, (el) pescador.
five, cinco.
floor, (el) suelo; {story of a house)
(el) piso.
Florida, la Florida.
florist, (el) florista.
flower, (la) flor ; flower bed (el)
cuadro de flores.
food, (el) alimento.
foot, (el) pie.
for, prep., (destination, purpose} para;
(equivalent to for the sake of, in ex-
change for, as, during} por.
fork, (el) tenedor.
forty, cuarenta.
fountain pen, (la) pluma tintero.
four, cuatro.
fourteen, catorce.
fourth, (el) cuarto, (la) cuarta parte
fragrant, fragrante.
France, Francia.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
247
Frances, Francisca.
Francis, Francisco.
Frenchman, (el) frances.
Friday, (el) viernes.
fried, frito.
friend, (el) amigo.
frock, (el) traje.
from, prep., de, desde.
front : in front of, prep., enfrente de,
delante de.
game, (la) partida; (el) juego.
garden, (el) jardi'n.
gas, (el) gas.
gather, recoger.
George, Jorge.
geranium, (el) geranio.
German, (el) aleman.
get up, levantarse.
gift, (el) regalo.
girl, (la) nifia, (la) muchacha.
give, dar (irr.). See 355, II, e.
glad : to be glad, alegrarse.
glove, (el) guante.
go, ir (355, II, /) ; to go into, entrar
en; to go to bed, acostarse (A) ; to
be going to, ir a ; to go away,
irse; to go out, salir (355, II, b).
governor, (el) gobernador.
great, gran, grande.
ground, (el) suelo, (la) tierra.
group, (el) grupo.
guest, (el) convidado.
gulf, (el) golfo.
had: I had, habfa {see 339 a).
hair, (el) pelo ; to comb one's hair,
peinarse.
half, (la) mitad ; half a dollar, medio
peso; half hour, media hora.
hammer, (el) martillo.
hand, (la) mano.
happy, feliz.
has, tiene, ha (271-272).
hasn't, no tiene, no ha (271-272).
hat, (el) sombrero.
have, (possession) tener (271);
{completed action) haber (272) ;
we have, tenemos, hemos; to have
much to do, tener mucho que hacer.
haven't you? <;no tiene Vd.? <ino
tienen Vds.?
hazel nut, (la) avellana.
he, el (often omitted; see 283).
help, ayudar.
her, (possessive) su, sus; (direct obj.
of verb) la; (indirect obj. of verb)
le; (obj. of prep.) ella.
here, (rest in a place) aqui; (motion
towards a place) aca.
him, (direct or indirect obj. of verb)
le; (obj. of prep.) el.
his, su, sus.
holiday, (el) dia de fiesta.
home : at home, en casa ; to carry
home, llevar a casa.
hot, caliente.
hotel, (el) hotel, (la) fonda.
hour, (la) hora.
house, (la) casa.
how, como; how many? ,Jcuantos?
how much? icuanto? how pretty!
j que bonito ! to know how, saber
(355, n» 0-
hungry : to be hungry, tener hambre.
I, yo (often omitted ; see 283) ; I
am, estoy, soy (273-274).
imitate, imitar.
immediately, luego, inmediatamente.
in, prep., en; in front of, delante de.
inhabitant, (el) habitante.
inkwell, (el) tintero.
interrupt, interrumpir.
into, en.
is, esta, es (see 273-274); there is,
hay.
248
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
Isabel, Isabel.
island, (la) isla.
isn't, no esta, no es (273-274).
it, {direct obj. of verb) lo, la; (obj. of
prep.) el, ella; it is, esta, es (283).
Italy, Italia.
J
January, enero.
Japan, el Japon.
Japanese, (el) japones,
Joe, Pepe.
John, Juan.
Joseph, Jose.
July, julio.
June, junio.
just : to have just, acabar de ; we
have just entered, acabamos de
entrar.
K
keeper, see lighthouse.
king, (el) rev.
kite, (la) cometa, (el) papalote
{Cuba).
knife, (el) cuchillo.
know, saber (355, II, c); to be ac-
quainted with, conocer (C) ; to
know how, saber; I know, se,
conozco.
lady, (la) seiiora.
lake, (el) lago.
large, grande.
larger, mas grande.
leaf, (la) hoja.
least : at least, a lo menos.
letter, (la) carta ; letter box, (el)
buzon : letter carrier, (el) cartero.
library, (la) biblioteca, (la) libreria.
lie down, acostarse (A),
light, encender (A).
light, (la) luz.
lighthouse, (el) faro ; lighthouse
keeper, (el) vigia.
like : I should like, quisiera.
lily, (el) lirio.
live, vivir.
loaf, (la) libreta, (el) pan.
long, largo; it is not long ago, no
hace mucho.
look at, mirar.
Los Angeles, Los Angeles.
M
machinist, (el) maquinista.
magazine, (la) revista.
make, hacer (355, II, b) ; I make,
hago.
mamma, mama.
man, (el) hombre.
many, muchos (see how).
March, marzo.
Mary, Maria.
May, mayo.
me, (director indirect obj. of verb) me;
(obj. of prep.) mi.
meadow, (la) praden'a.
mean, querer decir (89).
meat, (la) carne.
meet, encontrar (A).
Mexican, mejicano.
Mexico, Mejico, Mexico.
mile, (la) milla.
milk, (la) leche.
mine, mi'o, el mio.
minute, (el) minuto.
mirror, (el) espejo.
Miss, (direct address) sefiorita; (in-
direct address) la sefiorita.
Monday, (el) lunes.
month, (el) mes.
more, mas.
morning, (la) manana; every morn-
ing, todas las mananas; to-morrow
morning, mafiana por la mafiana;
good morning, buenos di'as.
mother, (la) madre.
mountain, (la) montana.
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
249
Jr., (direct address) sefior; {indirect
address) el senor; Mr. and Mrs.
Oviedo, los seiiores Oviedo.
Mrs., {direct address) senora; {in-
direct address) la senora.
much, mucho.
my, mi, mis.
myself, me (188).
N
nail, (el) clavo.
napkin, (la) servilleta.
national, nacional.
near, prep., cerca de.
neither . . . nor, ni . . . ni . . .
never, nunca.
new, nuevo.
newspaper, (el) diario.
New Year's Day, dfa de aiio nuevo.
New York, Nueva York.
next, proximo; next Monday, el
lunes que viene.
Nicholas, Nicolas,
night, (la) noche.
nine, nueve.
ninth of September, nueve de sep-
tiembre.
no, no; no bread, ningtin pan; no
milk, ninguna leche; no one, nadie.
none, ninguno.
nor, ni.
north, (el) norte.
not, no.
nothing, nada.
November, noviembre.
now, ahora, ya.
number, ndmero.
nut, (la) nuez.
0
occasionally, de vez en cuando.
occupy, ocupar.
9'clock : it is one o'clock, es la una;
it is two O'clock, son las dos; it is
five minutes past two, son las dos y
cinco.
October, octubre.
Of, prep., de; of the, del {masc. sing.),
de la, de los, de las.
Office, (el) despacho.
Oil, (el) aceite.
on, prep., en, sobre.
once, una vez; once a day, una vez
al dfa.
One, uno (un), una.
open, abierto; to open, abrir (pp.,
abierto).
or, 6; {before o and ho) d.
orange, (la) naranja.
Other, otro.
Our, nuestro.
ourselves, {direct or indirect obj. of
verb) nos; (obj. of prep.) nosotros.
own, propio.
painter, (el) pintor.
papa, papa.
paper, (el) papel.
parlor, (la) sala, (la) sala de recibir.
part, (la) parte; the tenth part, la
decima parte,
pass, pasar; pass through, atravesar
(A).
pastrycook, (el) pastelero.
Paul, Pablo.
pay, pagar; they pay, pagan,
pear, (la) pera.
pen, (la) pluma.
per, prep., por; per month, al mes.
perform, desempenar.
Philadelphia, Filadelfia.
Philip, Felipe,
phonograph, (el) fonografo.
piano, («1) piano.
pick off, quitar; pick up, recoger.
pie, (el) pastel,
piece, (el) pedazo.
pink, rosado.
pipe (la) pipa.
pitcher, (la) jarrita
250 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
place, colocar, poner (355, II, b).
placed, colocado, puesto.
plant, (la) planta.
plate, (el) plato,
play, (games) jugar {irr.)\ {piano,
etc.} tocar.
pleasant, agradable.
please . . . , hagame Vd. el favor de
. . . , sirvase Vd. . . .
plumber, (el) plomero.
pocket, (el) bolsillo.
pocket knife, (el) cortaplumas.
poppy, (la) amapola.
port, (el) puerto.
potato, (la) patata.
pound, (la) libra,
prepare, preparar.
prepared, preparado.
present, (el) regalo.
president, (el) presidente.
pretty, bonito, lindo.
principal, principal.
property, (la) propiedad.
pudding, (el) pudin.
pupil, (el) disci'pulo.
put into, meter en; put on, ponerse
(355, n, b).
quarter, (el) cuarto.
R
rain, Hover (A).
rainy, lluvioso.
ranch, (la) hacienda.
reach, llegar.
read, leer.
really, verdaderamente, a la verdad.
receive, recibir.
reception, (la) funcidn, (el) recibi-
miento.
recognize, reconocer (C).
record, (el) disco.
red, encarnado.
registered letter, (la) carta certificada.
rent, (el) alquiler; to rent, alquilar.
reside, residir.
rest, descansar.
right, derecho; you are right, Vd.
tiene razon.
ring, tocar.
river, (el) no.
rocky, rocalloso.
roll, (el) panecillo.
room, (el) cuarto, (el) aposento, (la)
habitacion, (la) sala; living room,
(la) sala.
rose, (la) rosa; rose bush, (el) rosal.
Russian, (el) ruso.
saint, (el) santo; St. Nicholas, San
Nicolas.
salmon, (el) salmon.
San Jose, San Jose.
Saturday, (el) sabado.
saw, (la) sierra.
saw : I saw, vi.
say, decir (355, II, a).
school, (la) escuela.
seaport, (el) puerto de mar.
season, (la) estacion.
seat, (el) asiento; to seat one's self,
sentarse (A).
seated, sentado.
second, segundo; the 2d of May, el
dos de mayo.
see, ver (irr.); I see, veo; you see.
Vd. ve ; seen, visto.
seem, parecer (C).
sell, vender,
senate, (el) senado.
senator, (el) senador.
send, mandar.
September, septiembre.
servant, (la) criada.
serve, servir |Bi).
served, servido.
session, (la) sesion.
seven, siete,
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
251
seventeen, diez y siete.
seventy, setenta.
several, varios.
shave one's self, afeitarse.
she, ella {often omitted; see 283).
sheet {of paper), (el) pliego.
ship, (el) buque.
shoe, (el) zapato.
shrub, (el) arbusto.
side, (el) lado.
sing, cantar.
sir, senor, caballero.
sister, (la) hermana.
six, seis.
sixth, sexto; the sixth of January,
el seis de enero; the sixth part,
la sexta parte,
skillful, habil.
small, pequeno, chico.
smaller, mas pequeno, mas chico,
menor.
smoke, fumar.
smoking car, vagon de fumar, coche
de fumar.
snow, (la) nieve; to snow, nevar (A).
some, alguno (algun); some one,
alguien, alguno.
song, (la) cancion.
soon, pronto.
soup, (la) sopa.
Spain, Espafla.
Spaniard, (el) espanol.
Spanish, espanol; {language) (el)
espanol.
spend, pasar.
spring, (la) primavera.
St., santo, san.
standing, parado.
state, (el) estado.
station, (la) estacion.
store, (la) tienda.
story, (el) cuento, (la) historieta ;
{of a house) (el) piso.
stove, (la) estufa.
stream, (el) arroyo.
street, (la) calle.
sugar, (el) azticar.
summer, (el) verano ; summer
house, (la) glorieta.
Sunday, (el) domingo.
superintendent, (el) mayordomo.
supper, (la) cena.
supply, surtir.
sweep, barren
table, (la) mesa.
tablecloth, (el) mantel.
take, tomar; to take away, quitar;
to take breakfast, almorzar ; to
take care of, cuidar de ; to take
up, coger, tomar; to take off,
quitarse.
tea, (el) te.
tell, decir (355, II, a).
ten, diez.
tenth, decimo; the tenth part, la
decima parte; May 10th, el diez
de mayo,
than, que; {before numbers) de.
that, {conjunction and relative pro-
noun) que; {demonstrative) ese,
aquel, esa, aquella.
the, el, la, los, las, lo (275).
their, su, sus.
them, {direct obj. of verb) los, las;
{indirect obj. of verb) les; {obj. of
prep.) ellos, ellas.
there, ahi, alii, alia; there is, hay;
is there? <Jhay? I am going there,
voy alia.
Theresa, Teresa,
these, estos (288-289).
they, ellos, ellas {often not trans-
lated; see 283).
third, tercero (tercer); two thirds,
dos tercios; the 3d of June, el tres
de junio.
thirsty : to be thirsty, tener sed.
thirteen, trece.
252 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
thirtieth of May, treinta de mayo.
thirty, treinta.
this, este, esta, (neuter) esto; this
one, este, esta.
Thomas, Tomas.
those, esos, aquellos.
three, tres.
throw, echar.
thumb, (el) dedo pulgar.
Thursday, (el) jueves.
ticket, (el) billete; round-trip ticket,
billete de ida y vuelta; ticket
office, (el) despacho de billetes.
time, (el) tiempo, (la) vez; three
times, tres veces; twice, dos veces;
it is time to dine, es hora de comer.
tired, cansado.
to, prep., a, para; to the, al (masc.
sing.), a la, a los, a las.
to-day, hoy.
toe, (el) dedo.
Tommy, Tomasito.
to-morrow, mafiana ; to-morrow
morning, mafiana por la mafiana.
tool, (la) herramienta.
tower, (la) torre.
train, (el) tren.
trout, (la) trucha.
Tuesday, (el) martes.
turkey, (el) pavo.
twelve, doce.
Twentieth street, calle veinte.
twenty, veinte.
Twenty-fifth street, calle veinticinco.
twenty-five, veinte y cinco, veinti-
cinco.
twenty-second of February, veintidos
de febrero.
two, dos.
under, prep., debajo de.
union, (la) union.
United States, los Estados Unidos.
up, see get up.
upper, superior.
us, {direct and indirect obj. of verbs)
nos ; (obj. of prep.) nosotros.
very, muy ; very much, mucho ; it
is very windy, hace mucho viento,
vinegar, (el) vinagre.
violet, (la) violeta.
W
wade, meter los pies en el agua.
wall, (la) pared.
want, querer (180).
war, (la) guerra.
warm, caluroso ; it is warm, hace
calor ; I am warm, tengo calor.
was, estaba, era {see 339 a).
wash, lavar.
watch, (el) reloj.
water, /, (el) agua ; the waters, las
aguas ; to water, regar (A) ; we
water, regamos.
we, nosotros (often not translated;
see 283).
weather, (el) tiempo.
Wednesday, (el) miercoles.
week, (la) semana; three times a
week, tres veces a la semana.
welcome, dar la bienvenida.
were, estaban, eran (see 339 a).
west, (el) oeste.
what ? 1 que ? what ! j que ! we
know what you have, sabemos lo
que tiene Vd.
when, cuando; when? <Jcuando?
where, donde ; where? .jdonde ?
which, que ; which? ,icual ? <J cuales ?
^que?
While, mientras ; a while, un rato.
whistle, silbar.
white, bianco.
Who, que, quien ; who? £quien?
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
253
wife, (la) esposa ; your wife, la se-
fiora de Vd.
will be, sera.
window, (la) ventana ; (of a car or
carriage) ventanilla.
windy : it is windy, hace viento.
wine, (el) yino.
winter, (el; invierno.
wish, desear, querer (180) ; you
wish, Vd. quiere ; we wish, quere-
mos.
with, prep., con.
without, prep., sin.
wood, (el) bosque.
work, trabajar.
wrapper, (la) bata,
write, escribir.
year, (el) afio.
yes, sf.
yet, todavfa.
you, {sing.') usted, abbreviated Vd. or
V.; {pi.) ustedes, abbreviated Vds.
or VV.
your, el . . . de Vd., etc. ; su, sus ;
your father, el padre de Vd. ; your
mother, la madre de Vd.
yourself, se; to or for yourself, se
(188).
A CLASSIFIED SPANISH WORD LIST
1. i Quien es . . . ?
I Que es . . . ?
I Cual es . . . ?
£De que color es .
«iDe que forma es
I Que hay en . . .
QUESTIONS
Who is ... ?
What is ... ?
Which is .... ?
? Of what color is .
. ? Of what form is .
2. i Donde esta . . . ?
£D6nde se encuentra . . . ?
I Donde se halla . . . ?
,; Donde se compra . . . ?
I Donde se vende el pan . . .
I Donde se hace el pan . . .
3. i Donde se ve . . . ?
I Donde se puede ver . . . ?
i Donde se puede comprar .
I QuiSn hace .
I Quien vende
I Quien habla
What is there in (on) . . . *
Where is ... ?
Where does one find . . . ?
Where does one find . . . ?
Where does one buy . . . ?
Where is bread sold . . . ?
Where is bread made . . . r
Where does one see . . . ?
Where may one see . . . ?
Where may one buy . . . ?
Who makes . . .
Who sells . . . ?
Who'speaks . . .
el azucarero
el plato
la taza
la jicara
la cuchara
THE TABLE,
the sugar bowl
the plate
the cup
the cup for choc-
olate
the spoon
la cuchareta the small spoon
el pan
el pastel
la torta
la leche
la sal
the bread
the pie ; (Mex.)
cake
the (round) cake
the milk
the salt
FOOD, DRINK
el cuchillo
el tenedor
el mantel
la servilleta
la cafetera
la tetera
the knife
the fork
the tablecloth
the napkin
the coffee pot
the teapot
el queso
el azucar
la mantequilla
la pimienta
la mostaza
el vinagre
the cheese
the sugar
the butter
the pepper
the mustard
the vinegar
254
SPANISH WORD LIST
255
7. elagua(/m.) the water
el cafe the coffee
el chocolate the chocolate
8.
10.
11.
elte
the tea
la limonada
the lemonade
el vino
the wine
el apio
la calabaza
la col
la coliflor
the celery
the pumpkin,
squash
the cabbage
the cauliflower
los guisantes the peas
la lechuga the lettuce
9. la carne
carne de
vaca
carne de
puerco
la patata the potato
la papa the potato
la remolacha the beet
el tomate the tomato
las legum- the vegetables
bres
las verduras the vegetables
the meat
el tocino the bacon
beef
el jamon the ham
el caldo de the mutton
pork
carnero broth
la sopa the soup •
the veal
el guisado the stew
THE HOUSE, FURNITURE
la casa de Vd.
your house
la cocina de Vd.
your kitchen
el comedor de Vd.
your dining room
la sala de Vd.
your living room
el cuarto de dormir
the bedroom
la alcoba
the bedroom
el dormitorio
the bedroom
el cuarto de baiio
the bathroom
el patio de Vd.
your yard
el corredor de Vd.
your corridor
el balcon de Vd.
your balcony
la escalera
the stairway
la azotea
the flat roof
el aposento ]
el cuarto >
the room
la pieza J
las casas altas
the high houses
las escaleras largas
the long stairways
los corredores largos
the long corridors
los cuartos grandes
the large rooms
los balcones anchos
the wide balconies
256 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
la puerta the door
el cielo raso the ceiling
la ventana the window
la pared the wall
el piso the floor, story
el techo the roof
el suelo the floor, ground
los muebles
the furniture
este mueble
this piece of furniture
esta alfombra
this carpet
este tapete
this rug
esta estufa
this stove
esta silla
this chair
esta mesa
this table
esta mesita
this little table
el estante para libros
the bookcase
la maquina de coser
the sewing machine
la cortina
the curtain
el transparente
the window shade
esta cama
this bed
esta comoda
this bureau, dresser
este armario
this wardrobe
este tapete grande
this large rug
esta silla grande
this large chair
esta estufa pequefia
this small stove
este transparente pequeno
this small window shade .
esta cama estrecha
this narrow bed
GARDEN, ORCHARD, FARM
el jardin the garden
ese tronco that trunk (near
la huerta the orchard
you)
el sembrado the sown field,
esa hoja that leaf
grain field
esa rama that branch
el arbol the tree
esa flor that flower
el arbusto the shrub
esa fruta that fruit
la planta the plant
esa semilla that seed
la raiz the root
ese capullo that bud
aquella amapola
that poppy (yonder)
aquel clavel
that carnation, pink
aquel heliotropo
that heliotrope
aquella madreselva
that honeysuckle
SPANISH WORD LIST
257
aquella margarita
that daisy
aquella rosa
that rose
aquella violeta
that violet
aquel geranio
that geranium
aquel lirio
that lily
el girasol
the sunflower
la hiedra
the ivy
17.
unas hojas
a few leaves
unas ramas
a few branches
unas flores
a few flowers
unos arboles
a few trees
unas pocas amapolas
a few poppies
unas pocas rosas
a few roses
unas cuantas violetas
a few violets
unos cuantos claveles
a few carnations
18. la cereza
the cherry
el peral the pear tree
el cerezo
the cherry tree
la manzana the apple
la ciruela
the plum
el manzano the apple tree
el ciruelo
the plum tree
el albari- the apricot
el melocoton the peach
coque
el melocoto- the peach tree
el higo the fig
nero
el limon the lemon
la naranja
the orange
la uva the grape
el naranjo
the orange tree
la pasa the raisin
la pera
the pear
19. el grano
the grain
el maiz the corn
la cebada
the barley
el trigo the wheat
20.
la primera naranja
the first orange
la primera manzana
the first apple
el primer manzano
the first apple tree
la tercera pera
the third pear
el tercer peral
the third pear tree
el tercer ciruelo
the third plum tree
el tercer higo
the third fig
la tercera ciruela
the third plum
ANIMALS
21. el animal
the animal
el elefante the elephant
el camello
the camel
el leon the lion
258 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
la jirafa
the giraffe
el cordero
the lamb
el tigre
the tiger
el gato
the cat
el caballo
the horse
el mulo
the mule
la cabra
the goat
el perro
the dog
el carnero
the sheep
el toro
the bull
la oveja
the sheep
la vaca
the cow
el cerdo
the hog
el buey
the ox
el puerco
the hog
22. el ave (fern.) the bird
el pajaro the bird
la alondra the lark
el buho the owl
la gaviota the gull
23. la gallina the hen
el gallo the rooster
el polio the chicken
24. el tercer caballo
el tercer buey
el tercer perro
la tercera vaca
la tercera gallina
la primera gallina
el primer gallo
la golondrina the swallow
el loro the parrot
el canario the canary
el jilguero the linnet
la paloma
el pavo
el pato
the dove
the turkey
the duck
the third horse
the third ox
the third dog
the third cow
the third hen
the first hen
the first rooster
EARTH, NATURAL PHENOMENA, FORMS OF MATTER, METALS
el cielo the sky, heaven
el sol the sun
la luna the moon
25. el agua (fern.) the water
el aire the air
la tierra the earth
el mundo the world
26.
el hielo
la lluvia
la nieve
la niebla
27. otro mar
otro golfo
otra bahia
otro rio
the ice
the rain
the snow
the fog
another sea
another gulf
another bay
another river
la estrella the star
el viento the wind
el relampago the lightning
el rayo the thunderbolt
el trueno the thunder
otro lago another lake
otro con- another con-
tinente tinent
la otra isla the other island
SPANISH WORD LIST
259
el otro cabo
the other cape
la otra colina the other hill
la otra mon-
the other moun-
la otra costa
the other coast
tafia
tain
28.
la costa oc-
the western
la costa
the eastern
cidental
coast
oriental
coast
29.
el liquido
el solido
the liquid
the solid
el gas
the gas
30.
el mineral
the mineral
la plata
the silver
el metal
the metal
el plomo
the lead
el cobre
the copper
el hierro
the iron
el oro
the gold
el acero
the steel
MAN, THE FAMILY, OCCUPATIONS
31.
el hombre
the man
la muchacha the girl
la mujer
the woman
la nina
the girl
el muchacho the boy-
el joven
the youth, young
el niflo
the boy
man
la joven
the young
woman,
un anciano
an old gentle-
man
young girl
una anciana
an old lady
el caballero
the gentleman
un viejo
an old man
la senora
the lady
una vieja
an old woman
32.
el padre
the father
el hermano
the brother
la madre
the mother
la hermana
the sister
los padres
the parents
el esposo
the husband
el hijo
the son
el marido
the husband .
la hija
the daughter
la esposa
the wife
33
los parientes
the relatives
un primo mio 1
una prima mia
a cousin of mine
un tio mio
an uncle of mine
una tia mia
an aunt of mine
un sobrino mio
a nephew of mine
una sobrina mia
a niece of mine
34
el abuelo
the grandfather
la nieta
the grand-
la abuela
the grandmother
daughter
el nieto
the grandson
260 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
35. el viudo
la viuda
the widower
the widow
36. el amigo the friend
la amiga the friend
el compariero the companion
camarada the comrade,
companion
37. nuestro carnicero
nuestro cocinero
nuestro panadero
nuestro pastelero
nuestro zapatero
este carpintero
este cartero
este mesonero
este plomero
este tendero
ese barbero
ese bombero
ese cajero
ese ingeriero
ese librero
38. aquel artista
aquel contratista
aquel dentista
aquel maquinista
aquel pianista
aquella pianista
39. el medico
el musico
el comerciante
el dependiente
el empleado
el fabricante
el secretario
el tenedor de libros
el vendedor de billetes
el sastre
el huerf ano
la huerf ana
el alumno
la alumna
ei discipulo
la discipula
el condis-
cipulo
our butcher
our cook
our baker
our pastry cook
our shoemaker
this carpenter
this letter carrier
this innkeeper
this plumber
this storekeeper
that barber
that fireman
that cashier
that engineer
that bookseller
that artist
that contractor
that dentist
that machinist
that pianist
that pianist
the physician
the musician
the merchant
the clerk
the employee
the manufacturer
the secretary
the bookkeeper
the ticket seller
the tailor
the orphan
the orphan
the pupil
the schoolmate
SPANISH WORD LIST
26l
40.
41.
42.
el conductor
the conductor
el pintor
the painter
el agricultor
the farmer
el labrador
the farmer
el obrero
the workman
varios dependientes diligentes
several diligent clerks
varios sastres diligentes
several diligent tailors
varios fabricantes prudentes
several prudent manufacturers
varios labradores inteligentes
several intelligent farmers
GOVERNMENT, GEOGRAPHICAL
NAMES, NATIONALITY
el presidente the president
el alcalde the justice of the
el rey the king
peace, mayor
el congreso the congress
el alguacil the constable
el goberna- the governor
el soldado the soldier
dor
el sereno the night police-
el senador the senator
man
el embajador the ambassador
el diputado the representa-
tive
la patria
el pais
la republica
el estado
la ciudad
43. America
Mejico,
Mexico
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua
el Panama
el Peru
Chile
la Republica
Argentina
el Brasil
Europa
Asia
the native land
the country
the republic
the state
the city
America
Mexico
Guatemala
Honduras
Nicaragua
Panama
Peru
Chile
the Argentine
Republic
Brazil
Europe
Asia
el pueblo
la aldea
el imperio
el reino
the town, people
the village
the empire
the kingdom
el americano
el mejicano
the American
the Mexican
el guatemalteco the Guatemalan
el hondurefio
el nicaragueiio
el panamefLo
el peruano
el chileno
el argentino
el brasile~o
el europeo
el asiatico
the Honduran
the Nicaraguan
the native of Panama
the Peruvian
the Chilean
the Argentinian
the Brazilian
the European
the Asiatic
262
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
44. Irlanda
Ireland
el irlandes the Irishman
Inglaterra
England
el ingles the Englishman
Francia
France
el frances the Frenchman
Espana
Spain
el espaflol the Spaniard
Italia
Italy
el italiano the Italian
la China
China
el chino the Chinese
el Japon
Japan
el japones the Japanese
Lima
Lima
el limefio the native of Lima
Paris
Paris
el parisiense the Parisian
Madrid
Madrid
el madrileno the native of Madrid
los Andes
the Andes
el rio Ama
- the Amazon
zonas
river
STREETS, BUILDINGS, THE OFFICE
45. esta casa
this house
este almacen this warehouse,
esta escuela this school
store
esta iglesia this church
esta tienda this store
este teatro
i this theater
este parque this park
esta biblio
- this library
la avenida the avenue
teca
la calle the street
la playa the beach
46.
el despacho
the office
el escritorio
the desk
la silla giratoria
the office chair
la pluma
the pen
la pluma tintero
the fountain pen
el pap el
the paper
el papel secante
the blotting paper
la tinta
the ink
el lapiz
the pencil
la maquina de escribir the typewriter
la carta
the letter
el sobre
the envelope
el libro mayor
the ledger
la caja
the safe, box
47.
la cuarta casa
the fourth house
la cuarta iglesia
the fourth church
el cuarto despacho the fourth office
el cuarto escritorio the fourth desk
SPANISH WORD LIST
263
48.
el cuerpo
the body
la cabeza
the head
el tronco
the trunk
49.
la boca
the mouth
la lengua
the tongue
el diente
the tooth
la cara
the face
la frente
the forehead
50.
el codo
the elbow
la mano
the hand
el dedo
the finger, toe
51.
el cuello
the neck
la espalda
the back
52.
el esqueleto
the skeleton
el hueso
the bone
el craneo
the skull
53.
la piel
the skin
la came
the flesh
la sangre
the blood
el musculo
the muscle
54.
el cerebro
the brain
el corazon
the heart
55.
el gusto
taste
el oido
hearing
el olfato
smell
CLOTHING
56.
el traje
the dress, suit
el vestido
the dress, ap-
parel
la americana the sack coat
la chaqueta
the jacket
el chaleco
the waistcoat,
vest
rHE HUMAN BODY
los brazos the arms
las piernas the legs
la nariz
el ojo
la oreja
el pelo
el cabello
el dedo pul-
gar
la rodilla
el pie
el pecho
el hombro
el espinazo
la costilla
el nervio
la arteria
la vena
the nose
the eye
the ear
the hair
the hair
the thumb
the knee
the foot
the chest
the shoulder
the spine
the rib
the nerve
the artery
the vein
los pulmones the lungs
el estomago the stomach
el tacto
la vista
AND ACCESSORIES
el pantalon
el gaban
la camisa
la corbata
el pafiuelo
la blusa
la f alda
touch
sight
the trousers
the overcoat
the shirt
the necktie
the handkerchief
the blouse
the skirt
264
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
la bata
the dressing
el guante
the glove
gown
el zapato
the shoe
el sombrero
the hat
la bota
the boot
57.
el alfiler
the pin
el cepillo de
the toothbrush
la cadena
the chain
dientes
el reloj
the watch
, clock
el peine
the comb
la sortija
the ring
el jabon
the soap
el cepillo
the brush
la toalla
the towel
ADJECTIVES
58.
bianco
white
amarillo
yellow
negro
black
verde
green
azul
blue
purpureo
purple
rojo
red
violado
violet
encarnado
red
59.
gris
gray
azul claro
light blue
castaflo
chestnut
azul oscuro
dark blue
moreno
brown
60.
blando
soft, mild
aspero
rough
suave
smooth, soft
tieso
stiff
duro
hard
ligero
light, swift
liso
smooth, even
pesado
heavy
61.
mas blando
softer, milder
mas aspero
rougher
mas suave
smoother,
softer
mas ligero
lighter, swifter
mas duro
harder
mas pesado
heavier
62.
dulce
sweet
caliente
warm, hot
amargo
bitter
frio
cold
agrio
sour
63.
bonito
pretty
precioso
precious, exqui-
Undo
pretty
site, beautiful
feo
ugly
barato
cheap
hermoso
beautiful,
hand-
caro
dear, high-priced
some
costoso
costly, expensive
SPANISH WORD LIST
265
64.
el sombrero mas bonito
the prettiest hat
el sombrero mas barato
the cheapest hat
el sombrero mas caro
the dearest hat
la
casa mas hermosa
the most beautiful house
la
casa mas fea
the ugliest house
la
casa mas limpia
the cleanest house
65.
cuadrado
square
bueno
good, well
redondo
round
malo
bad, ill
corto
short
pobre
poor
largo
long
rico
rich
ancho
wide
delgado
thin, slender
angosto
narrow
grueso
thick
grande
large
flaco
thin
pequeno
small
gordo
fat
chico
small, little
alto
tall, high
66.
mejor better peor worse
mayor greater, larger
67.
la mujer mas pobre
the poorest woman
la mujer mas rica
the richest woman
la mejor nina
the best girl
el peor nifio
the worst boy
el nino mas grande
the largest boy
TIME
68.
el tiempo
time, the weather
maflana
to-morrow
ayer
yesterday-
rnanana por
to-morrow morn-
hoy
to-day
la maflana
ing
anteayer
the day before
anoche
last night
yesterday
de dia
in the daytime
hace dos
two days ago
tarde
late
dias
temprano
early
39.
la primavera the spring
el dia
the day
el verano
the summer
la noche
the night
el otofio
the autumn
la hora
the hour
el invierno
the winter
el minuto
the minute
este ano
this year
el segundo
the second
esta estaci6n this season
la maflana
the morning
este mes
this month
la tarde
the afternoon
esta semana this week
media hora
half an hour
266 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
70. al mediodia at noon al anochecer at dusk
al amanecer at dawn
71.
muy bien
muy mal
mas
menos
ADVERBS
very well bastante
very badly demasiado
more tambien
less
muy despacio very slowly
muy aprisa very quickly
tampoco
ademas
apenas
enough
too much, too
also
neither
besides
scarcely, hardly
72.
siempre
always
nunca
never
jamas
never
ya
already
ya no
no longer
antes
before
despues
after
luego
presently
73.
aqui
here
am-
there
ain
there, yonder
74.
muy cerca
very near
muy lejos
very far
adelante
forward
atras
backward
en seguida
ahora
entonces
acaso
quizas
immediately
now
then
perhaps
perhaps
por supuesto of course
tal vez perhaps
aca
alia
dentro
fuera
abajo
arriba
here, hither
there, thither
within, inside
out, outside
down, below
up, above, up-
stairs
75.
iDonde . .. ?
fuera de la casa
fuera de la ciudad
fuera del estado
dentro de la caja
dentro de un aflo
Where . . . ?
outside of the house
outside of the city
outside of the state
inside the safe, box
within a year
SPANISH WORD LIST
267
76.
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIVES
tan . . . como as ... as
tanto . . . como as much ... as
ni . . . ni neither . . . nor
77.
78.
pero
but
sino
but
si
if
porque
because
0
or
no bien
no sooner
mientras
while
asi que
as soon as
sin que
without
para que
in order that
no obstante
notwithstanding
aunque
although
79.
no bien lo dijo el
no bien lo vio el ,
no bien salio.el .
no sooner did he say it
no sooner did he see it .
no sooner did he go out
80. mientras salia yo .
mientras venia yo .
mientras podia yo .
while I was going out
while I was coming .
while I was able . . .
81.
hacia mi
hacia el
hacia ella
sin nosotros
sin ellos
sin ustedes
towards me
towards him
towards her
without us
without them
without you
por mi padre
por mi madre
por ella
for (the sake of) my father
for (the sake of) my mother
for her
268 READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH
DERIVATIVES
The ability to grasp at once the meaning of a new word through recog-
nition of its root and termination is a long step toward the mastery of
Spanish, and is an end definitely to be striven for. In addition to the
derivatives given herewith, many may be found throughout the word lists
corresponding to other given words. See also 340-342 and 346-347.
82. Compare with word lists 58-67
83.
riqueza
wealth, richness
pobreza
poverty
largueza
length
grandeza
grandeur
dureza
hardness
ligereza
lightness, swiftness
flaqueza
leanness, weakness
limpieza
cleanness
tristeza
sadness
pequenez
smallness
delgadez
slenderness
redondez
roundness
dulzura
sweetness, gentleness
amargura
bitterness
hermosura
beauty
locura
madness, folly
altura
height
blancura
whiteness
verdura
greenness, verdure
amistoso
friendly
amoroso
affectionate, loving
doloroso
sorrowful
miedoso
timorous, afraid
dudoso
doubtful
lastimoso
pitiful
poderoso
powerful
INDEX
(Full-face figures indicate section numbers.)
&, after verbs of motion, etc., 351;
sign of the personal direct object,
Lesson u, 290; al, Lesson 4, 277.
A (group A) verbs, 310-316, 320-
321.
accent, 5-9 ; on gerund and infinitive,
164 b; on verbs in commands, 177,
Note; blackboard exercises, pages
212-213, a and b.
adjectives, apocopation, 333, Note,
338; comparison, Lesson 9, 341;
gender and number in, 278-279;
location of, 14, 343-345; posses-
sive, Lessons 8, 14, 208, 286-287,
301-302; similar in English and
Spanish, 12.
adverbs, 340; exercise on 340 (page
215)-
age, page 185, 16.
al, Lesson 4, 277.
alguno, 111, 113, 117, 338.
alphabet, 1.
aorist indicative, Lesson 27, 327-329.
aquel, Lesson 9, 288-289.
articles, 28, 275 ; in direct address,
page 184, 5; used instead of the
possessive adjective, 208; del, al,
277; 10, page 191, 124 and 123.
B and Bi (groups B and Bi) verbs,
310-316, 322-324.
bueno, 338.
C (group C) verbs, 317, 319, 325.
characteristic vowel, 299.
comparison, Lesson 9, 341.
conjugations, 298.
conocer, 355, II d.
cual, 336-337.
cuanto, Lesson 13, 336.
D (group D) verbs, 318, 319, 326.
dates, 32.
decir, 355.
definitions, useful, 15-23.
del, Lesson 4, 277.
demonstratives, Lesson 9, 288-289.
diminutives, 114, 342.
diphthongs, 2, 5-6, 310.
do, does, don't, 295.
ese, Lesson 9, 288-289.
estar, Lessons 3-6; imperfect indica-
tive of, 167, 339 a, 3; present in-
dicative of, 273 ; used with the past
participle, Lesson 17, 356.
este, Lesson 9, 288-289.
familiar form of address, 282, foot-
notes; 293, footnote 2; 359 b.
fractions, Lesson 19.
gender, 275, 276 b, 278-279; of agua,
page 190, 104.
gerund, Lessons 6, 22-33; now formed,
280; in semi-regular verbs, 315,
319; leyendo, 305, footnote; list
of, 305; objective pronouns with,
164-165; used to express progres-
sive action, 281.
haber, Lessons 18-21, 308-309; im-
perfect indicative of, 167,339; pres-
269
270
INDEX
ent indicative of, 272; used imper-
sonally (hay), Lesson 24.
hacer, idioms with, Lesson 24; pres-
ent indicative of, 355.
hay, Lesson 24, 330 a, 7.
infinitive, definition of, 20; governed
with and without prepositions, 351-
352; lists of, 307, 320-326; objec-
tive pronouns with, 133, 2, 164-
165; used after prepositions, 132-
133, page 185, 20.
ir, 115,355,11/
Uamarse, 89.
necessity, duty, how expressed, page
190, U3\ page 191, 123.
negatives, 111; double, 117; nega-
tive, interrogative, and emphatic
sentences, 295.
ninguno, 111, 113, 117, 338.
nouns, definition, 15; gender and
number in, 276; similar in English
and Spanish, 11.
number, 276 a, 278-279.
numerals, cardinal, 332; ordinal, 333;
applied numbers, Lessons 1-2, 19.
objective pronouns, groups of two,
163-165, 197-199, 339 b; location
of, 133, 2, 164, 177, Note, 198-199,
page 189, 96; tables of, 357-358;
used with prepositions, page 189,
95, 357; used with verbs, 291-292,
357-358.
oral exercises and drills, tener, 33, 40;
estar, 50, 54, 65 ; ser, 72 ; comprar,
pagar, etc., 95-96; comer, vender,
103; groups of two objective pro-
nouns, 199; infinitive with prepo-
sitions, 132-133.
para and por, 353.
participle, past, see past participle;
present, 21, 280.
parts of the body, definite article used
with, 208.
passive voice, 330, 356, Remark; re-
flexive construction as passive, 330-
331, 349-350.
past participle, Lessons 17-21, 303-
306; invariable with haber, 309;
irregular, 354; past participle and
aorist, 329 ; used with estar, 304, 356.
person, first, second, and third, de-
fined, 23; usted, third person, 282,
footnote 3.
phrases similar in English and Span-
ish, 14.
poner, 355.
por, 353.
possessive case in nouns, 277.
prepositions, definition, 17; pronouns
used with, 357.
progressive action, Lessons 6, 22-23;
how expressed, 281.
pronouns, definition, 16; interroga-
tive, 336; objective, see objective
pronouns; possessive, Lessons 8, 14,
208, 286-287, 301-302; reflexive,
Lesson 26, 357-358; relative, 337;
as subject, 282-285.
pronunciation, 1-8.
que, relative, 337; not translated,
page 186, 47; £qu6? 336.
querer, 89, 115, 136.
reflexive construction as passive, Les-
son 30, 330-331, 349-350.
saber, 89, 355 ; se, 9.
salir, 355.
se, 188, .357-358; impersonal, 348,
350; reflexive construction as pas-
sive, 330-331, 349-350; se lo, 163,
197, 339 b.
semi-regular verbs, 310-326.
ser, Lessons 7-10; imperfect indica-
READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING SPANISH 271
tive, 339; present indicative, 274;
with past participles, 356.
sf, 339 b, 357.
sight and sound words and phrases
39, 89, 115, 136, 177.
spelling, accent, 5, Note, 7, 9; cap
itals, 10; double consonants, 1, Re
mark 2; exercises, 347, pages 212-
213 (blackboard exercises a and fr)
leyendo, 305, footnote; variable
consonants, 346.
stem vowel, 312, Note.
stress, 5-8.
suffixes, 340-342.
syllables, 2-6.
tener, Lessons 1-2; idioms with, 128;
present indicative of, 271.
tenses, aorist, Lesson 27, 327-329;
endings of, 359; future indicative,
page 214; how formed, 359, Direc-
tions; imperfect indicative, 167,
339 a, page 214 ; present indicative,
293-300, 310-312, 317-318, 355,
(used for animation) page 188, 77.
time, of day, Lesson 12; dates, 32;
divisions of, 38; names of montha
and days, 334-335.
tu, 282, footnote 2.
usted, 24, Note; compared with to,
282, footnotes; used to avoid am-
biguity or discourtesy, page 139,
footnote, 285; el de Vd., 301-302;
le . . . k Vd., page 188, 84, 357-358.
variations for paragraphs, method and
purpose, 97, Note.
Vd., see usted.
ver, 39.
verbs, forms, 18-22; irregulat, 355;
reflexive, Lessons 26, 28-29; regu-
lar, Lessons 11-16, 293-300, 303-
307; semi-regular, 310-326, 359,
Lessons 25, 28-29; tables of end-
ings, 359; verbs for practice, 307,
320-326.
vowels, 2-6; characteristic, 299; stem
vowel, 312, Note.
words similar in English and Spanish,
11-13.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
BERKELEY
Return to desk from which borrowed.
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
m
Wo/Auu-
DEC 7 1949
imKC FEB 2 3 1991?
LD 21-100m-9,'48(B399sl6)476
»D 00£07
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
coaMnaD3fl
686905
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American Libraries
TV News
Understanding 9/11